Loading...
Report (101) /1,11(0 Johnson Controls 6305 SW Rosewood St,Suite A Johnson 6Lake3OS SOswego,-9000 5 RECEIVED Tele 503-683-9000 Con 1_Tr ro l s www.j ci.coin ContJUN 1 3 2018 CITE' OF wimp. pUD! 3OM5 N PRODUCT DATA SUBMITTAL BOOKLET for: OAK STREET APTS 9000 SW OAK STREET TIGARD, OR COPy for: FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM tar, O1s* !�', OF PREPARED BY: JOHNSON CONTROLS 6305 SW Rosewood St., Suite A Lake Oswego, OR 97035 P: 503-683-9000 4 6305 SW Rosewood St. Suite A Johnson Lake Oswego,OR 97035 Controls OAK STREET APARTMENTS,BUILDING A Job# 603869601 Notes: TABLE OF CONTENTS: NO. I ITEM I MANUFACTURE I MODEL I SIZE REMARKS I REF.SPEC. PIPE&FITTINGS 1 PIPE,SCHEDULE 10/40 WHEATLAND SCH.10&40 _ 1"-6" OR EQUAL 2 GROOVED FITTINGS TYCO MULTI 1.5"-6" OR EQUAL 3 THREADED FITTINGS ANVIL 1"-2" OR EQUAL 4 CPVC PIPE&FITTINGS TYCO 1"-2" OR EQUAL VALVES&DEVICES 5 CHECK VALVE TYCO CV-1F 6"-8" OR EQUAL 6 BUTTERFLY VALVE TYCO BFV . 6"-8" OR EQUAL 7 RISER MANIFOLD TYCO RM-1 _ 2"-3" OR EQUAL 8 FIRE HOSE VALVE GUARDIAN 5015 _ 2.5" OR EQUAL 9 ROOFTOP OUTLET CONNECTION GUARDIAN 6927 6"x2.5"x2.5" OR EQUAL SPRINKLERS 10 UPRIGHT&PENDENT TYCO TY-FRB 1/2" QR 11 RESIDENTIAL PENDENT, SEMI-RECESSED TYCO LFII K4.9 RESIDENTIAL UNITS 12 , RESIDENTIAL PENDENT, CONCEALED TYCO LFII K4.9 CORRIDORS, RESIDENTIAL FLOORS 13 PENDENT,CONCEALDED TYCO RFII K5.6 _QR 14 DRY PENDENTS&SIDEWALLS TYCO DS-1 1/2" PARKING GARAGE, UNIT DECKS HANGERS&BRACING 15 ADJUSTABLE BAND HANGER TOLCO FIG 200 1"-4" OR EQUAL 16 HANGER,CPVC OFF-SET TOLCO 28M 1"-2" OR EQUAL 17 HANGER,CEILING PLATE TOLCO 78 OR EQUAL 18 UNDERCUT ANCHOR DEWALT MINI 3/8" OR EQUAL 19 EXPANSION ANCHOR HILT! TZ 3/8"-1/2" OR EQUAL 20 SWAY BRACE ATTACHMENT TOLCO FIG 980 OR EQUAL 21 SWAY BRACE ATTACHMENT TOLCO FIG 1001 3" OR EQUAL 22 SWAY BRACE PIPE CLAMP TOLCO FIG 4LA 3" OR EQUAL 23 SWIVEL ATTACHMENT TOLCO 75 3/8" OR EQUAL 24 BRANCH LINE RESTRAINT CADDY VARIES VARIES OR EQUAL Fire Sprinkler P Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 Submittal Data Sheet FM Approved and Fully Listed Sprinkler Pipe SCHEDULE 10 SPECIFICATIONS Wheatland's Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 steel fire sprinkler pipe is FM Approved and UL, NOMINAL NOMINAL C-UL and FM Listed. NPS NOM OD NOM ID WALL WEIGHT UL PIECES in. mm in. mm in. mm lbs./ft. kg/m CRR' Lift Approvals and Specifications Both products meet or exceed 1% 1.660 42.2 1.442 36.6 .109 2.77 1.81 2.69 7.3 61 the following standards: 11/2 1.900 48.3 1.682 42.7 .109 2.77 2.09 3.11 5.8 61 • ASTM A135,Type E,Grade A(Schedule 10) 2 2.375 60.3 2.157 54.8 .109 2.77 2.64 3.93 4.7 37 • ASTM A795,Type E,Grade A(Schedule 40) 21/2 2.875 73.0 2.635 66.9 .120 3.05 3.53 5.26 3.5 30 • NFPA 13 3 3.500 88.9 3.260 82.8 .120 3.05 4.34 6.46 2.6 19 Manufacturing Protocols Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 are subjected 4 4.500 114.3 4.260 108.2 .120 3.05 5.62 8.37 1.6 19 to the toughest possible testing protocols to 5 5.563 141.3 5.295 134.5 .134 3.40 7.78 11.58 1.5 13 ensure the highest quality and long-lasting performance. 6 6.625 168.3 6.357 161.5 .134 3.40 9.30 13.85 1.0 10 8 8.625 219.1 8.249 209.5 .188 4.78 16.96 25.26 2.1 7 Finishes and Coatings All Wheatland black steel fire sprinkler pipe •Calculated using Standard UL CRR formu/a,UL Fire Protection Directory,Category VIZY. up to 6" receives a proprietary mill coating to •The CRR is a ratio value used to measure the ability of a pipe to withstand corrosion. Threaded Schedule 40 steel pipe is used as the benchmark(value of 1.0). ensure a clean,corrosion-resistant surface that outperforms and outlasts standard lacquer coatings.This coating allows the pipe to be SCHEDULE 40 SPECIFICATIONS easily painted,without special preparation. Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 can be ordered in NOMINAL NOMINAL black,or with hot-dip galvanizing,to meet NPS NOM OD NOM ID WALL WEIGHT UL PIECES FM/UL requirements for dry systems that meet in. mm in. mm in. mm lbs./ft. kg/m CRR Lift the zinc coating specifications of ASTM A795 or A53.All Wheatland galvanized material is 1 1.315 33.4 1.049 26.6 .133 3.38 1.68 2.50 1.00 70 also UL Listed. 1% 1.660 42,2 1.380 35.1 .140 3.56 2.27 3.39 1.00 51 Product Marking 1% 1.900 48.3 1.610 40.9 .145 3.68 2.72 4.05 1.00 44 Each length of Wheatland fire sprinkler pipe is continuously stenciled to show 2 2.375 60.3 2.067 52.5 .154 3.91 3.66 5.45 1.00 30 the manufacturer,type of pipe,grade,size •Calculated using Standard UL CRR formula,UL Fire Protection Directory,Category VIZY. and length.Barcoding is acceptable as a *The CRR is a ratio value used to measure the ability of a pipe to withstand corrosion. Threaded Schedule 40 steel pipe is used as the benchmark(value of 1.0). supplementary identification method. ® ® APP® SUBMITTAL INFORMATION PROJECT: CONTRACTOR: DATE: ENGINEER: SPECIFICATION REFERENCE: SYSTEM TYPE: LOCATIONS: COMMENTS: ❑ BLACK ❑ HOT-DIP GALVANIZED Wheatland Tube 700 South Dock Street. Sharon,PA 16146 Wheatland Tube P 800.257.8182 I F 724.346.7260 I info@wheatland.com I wheatland.com .JMC STEEL GROUP tucoWorldwide www t co-fire.com Fire Protection Contacts y Products GRINNELL G-FIRE Grooved Fittings, Ductile Iron General The owner is responsible for maintain- ing their system and devices in proper operating condition.Contact the install- U Description ing contractoraor product manufacturer O GRINNELL G-FIRE Grooved Fittings with any questions APPROVED provide an economical and efficient method of changing direction, adding Technical e an outlet, reducing, or capping piping LPCB . VdS systems. The G-FIRE grooved fittingsData , are available in ductile iron or fabri- CO NO 669a cated steel as indicated. Approvals For Fire Protection pressure rating,listing UL and ULC Listed and approval information,contact Note:Figure 510S and 519S fittings are FM Approved Tyco Fire&Building Products. special short radius fittings with smaller VdS Approved center to end dimensions than stan- LPCB Cert.No.669a diction.Contact the installing contrac- dard grooved fittings. Depending on Material tor or product manufacturer with any the size and coupling used, there may Cast: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM questions. be interferences at the bolt pads that A536,Grade 65-45-12 require repositioning of the coupling Protective Coatings Automatic sprinkler systems are res orientation. The use of flange adapters • Non-lead orange paint(USA) ommended to be inspected, tested, is not recommended with Figures 510S and maintained by a qualified Inspec and 519S fittings. Contact TYCO Fire • RAL red or non-lead paint (EMEA tion Service in accordance with local Protection Products for details. and APAC) requirements and/or national codes. • Hot dipped galvanized conforming to After placing a fire protection system NOTICE ASTM A153 in service, notify the proper authorities Never remove any piping component and advise those responsible for moni nor correct or modify any piping defi- Care and toring proprietary and/or central station ciencies without first de-pressurizing alarms. and draining the system. Failure to do Maintenance so may result in serious personal injury, property damage, and/or impaired The following inspection procedure device performance. must be performed as indicated, in addition to any specific requirements It is the designer's responsibility of the NFPA.Any impairments must be to select products suitable for the immediately corrected. intended service and to ensure that pressure ratings and performance Before closing a fire protection system data are not exceeded. Material and main control valve for maintenance gasket selection should be verified to work on the fire protection system be compatible for the specific applica- that it controls, obtain permission to tion. Always read and understand the shut down the affected fire protection installation instructions. system from the proper authorities The GRINNELL G-FIRE Grooved and notify all personnel who may be affected by this decision. Fittings described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance The owner is responsible for the with this document,as well as with the inspection,testing,and maintenance of applicable standards of the approval their fire protection system and devices agency, in addition to the standards of in compliance with this document, as any other authorities having jurisdiction. well as with the applicable standards Failure to do so may result in serious of the National Fire Protection Associa- personal injury or impair the perfor- tion (e.g., NFPA 25), in addition to the mance of these devices. standards of any authority having juris- Page 1 of 26 JANUARY 2016 TFP1815 TFP1815 Page 2 of 26 Nominal Pipe Size Figure 250 Figure 350 Figure 5500) Cast Fabricated Cast O.D. Nominal Approx. Nominal Approx. Nominal Approx. ANSI Inches Inches E to E Weight E to E Weight E to E Weight (DN) (mm) Inches Lbs. Inches Lbs. Inches Lbs. (mm) (kg) (mm) (kg) (mm) (kg) 1-1/4 x 1 1.66 x 1.31 2.50 0.7 _ _ 2.50 0.7 (32 x 25) (42,4 x 33,4) (63,5) (0,3) (63,5) (0,3) 1-1/2 x 1 1.90x1.31 _ _ 2.50 0.7 _ _ (40 x 25) (48,3 x 33,4) (63,5) (0,3) 1-1/2 x 1-1/4 1.90 x 1.66 2.50 0.8 _ _ 2.50 0.8 (40 x 32) (48,3 x 42,4) (63,5) (0,3) (63,5) (0,3) 2 x 1 2.37x1.31 _ _ 2.50 0.9 _ _ (50 x 25) (60,3 x 33,4) (63,5) (0,4) E to E 2 x 1-1/4 2.37 x 1.66 _ — 2.50 0.9 — — I �— (50 x 32) (60,3 x 42,4) (63,5) (0,4) 2 x 1-1/2 2.37 x 1.90 — — 2.50 1.0 — — D (50 x 40) (60,3 x 48,3) (63,5) (0,5) 2-1/2 x 1 2.87 x 1.31 — — 2.50 1.2 — _ FIGURE 250 (65 x 25) (73,0 x 33,4) (63,5) (0,5) CAST CONCENTRIC 2-1/2 x 1-1/4 2.87 x 1.66 2.50 1.4 _ _ 2.50 1.4 REDUCER (65 x 32) (73,0 x 42,4) (63,5) (0,6) (63,5) (0,6) E to E 2-1/2 x 1-1/2 2.87 x 1.90 2.50 1.4 — — 2.50 1.4 I f (65 x 40) (73,0 x 48,3) (63,5) (0,6) (63,5) (0,6) v 2-1/2 x 2 2.87 x 2.37 2.50 1.32.50 1.3 — — (65 x 50) (73,0 x 60,3) (63,5) (0,6) (63,5) (0,6) -- 76mm x 1-1/4 3.00 x 1.66 2.50 1.4 _ — 2.50 1.4 (65 x 32) (76,1 x 42,4) (63,5) (0,6) (63,5) (0,6) FIGURE 350 76mm x 1-1/2 3.00 x 1.90 2.50 1.4 — — 2.50 1.4 FABRICATED CONCENTRIC REDUCER (65 x 40) (76,1 x 48,3) (63,5) (0,6) (63,5) (0,6) EtoE 76mm x 2 3.00 x 2.37 2.50 1.5 — — 2.50 1.5 (65 x 50) (76,1 x 60,3) (63,5) (0,7) (63,5) (0,7) I D3 x 1 3.50x1.31 _ _ 2.50 1.3 _ _ (80 x 25) (88,9 x 33,4) (63,5) (0,6) 3 x 1-1/4 3.50 x 1.66 — — 2.50 1.3 — — (80 x 32) (88,9 x 42,4) (63,5) (0,6) FIGURE 5500) 3 x 1-1/2 3.50 x 1.90 2.50 1.8 _ — 2.50 1.8 CAST CONCENTRIC (80 x 40) (88,9 x 48,3) (63,5) (0,8) (63,5) (0,8) REDUCER 3 x 2 3.50 x 2.37 2.50 1.7 _ — 2.50 1.7 (80 x 50) (88,9 x 60,3) (63,5) (0,8) (63,5) (0,8) 3 x 2-1/2 3.50 x 2.87 2.50 1.7 _ — 2.50 1.7 (80 x 65) (88,9 x 70,3) (63,5) (0,8) (63,5) (0,8) 3 x 76mm 3.50 x 3.00 2.50 2.0 _ — 2.50 2.0 (80 x 65) (88,9 x 76,1) (63,5) (0,9) (63,5) (0,9) 4 x 1 4.50x1.31 _ _ 3.00 2.9 _ _ (100 x 25) (114,3 x 33,4) (76,2) (1,1) 4 x 1-1/4 4.50 x 1.66 _ — 3.00 2.2 — — (100 x 32) (114,3 x 42,4) (76,2) (1,0) 4 x 1-1/2 4.50 x 1.90 _ — 3.00 2.3 — — (100 x 40) (114,3 x 48,3) (76,2) (1,0) 4 x 2 4.50 x 2.37 3.00 2.4 _ _ 3.00 2.4 (100 x 50) (114,3 x 60,3) (76,2) (1,1) (76,2) (1,1) 4 x 2-1/2 4.50 x 2.87 3.00 2.7 _ — 3.00 2.7 (100 x 65) (114,3 x 73,0) (76,2) (1,2) (76,2) (1,2) 1. Figure 550 is available for the America market only. FIGURE 1 (1 OF 3) FIGURES 250,350,AND 550 CONCENTRIC REDUCERS NOMINAL DIMENSIONS TFP1815 Page 3 of 26 Nominal Pipe Size Figure 250 Figure 350 Figure 550(1) Cast Fabricated Cast O.D. Nominal Approx. Nominal Approx. •Nominal Approx. ANSI Inches Inches E to E Weight E to E Weight E to E Weight (DN) Inches Lbs. Inches Lbs. Inches Lbs. (mm) (kg) (mm) (kg) (mm) (kg) 4 x 76mm 4.50 x 3.00 3.00 3.2 _ _ 3.00 3.2 (100 x 65) (114,3 x 76,1) (76,2) (1,5) (76,2) (1,5) 4 x 3 4.50 x 3.50 3.00 2.83.00 2.8 — — (100 x 80) (114,3 x 88,9) (76,2) (1,3) (76,2) (1,3) 139mm x 3 5.50 x 3.50 3.50 4.23.50 4.2 — — (125 x 80) (139,7 x 88,9) (88,9) (1,9) (88,9) (1,9) 139mm x 4 5.50 x 4.50 3.50 4.4 _ — 3.50 4.4 (125 x 100) (139,7 x 114,3) (88,9) (2,0) (88,9) (2,0) 5 x 2 5.56x2.37 _ _ 3.50 4.6 _ _ (125 x 50) (141,3 x 60,3) (88,9) (2,1) E to E 5 x 2-1/2 5.56 x 2.873.50 4.5 (125 x 65) (141,3 x 73,0) — — (88,9) (2,0) — — 5 x 3 5.56 x 3.50 3.50 4.23.50 4.2 (125 x 80) (141,3 x 88,9) (88,9) 1,9) — — (88,9) 1,9) 5 x 4 5.56 x 4.50 3.50 4.4 _ _ 3.50 4.4 FIGURE 250 (125 x 100) (141,3 x 114,3) (88,9) (2,0) (88,9) (2,0) CAST CONCENTRIC 165mm x 3 6.50 x 3.50 4.00 5.5 — — 4.00 5.5 REDUCER (150 x 80) (165,1 x 88,9) (101,6) (2,5) (101,6) (2,5) E to E 165mm x 4 6.50 x 4.50 4.00 6.0. _ — 4.00 6.0. —) (150 x 100) (165,1 x 114,3) (101,6) (2,7) (101,6) (2,7) — — 165mm x 139mm 6.50 x 5.50 4.00 5.6 _ _ 4.00 5.6 (150 x 125) (165,1 x 139,7) (101,6) (2,5) (101,6) (2,5) 6 x 1 6.63 x 1.31 4.00 4.7 _ — 4.00 4.7 (150 x 25) (168.3 x 33.7) (101,6) (2,1) (101,6) (2,1) FIGURE 350 FABRICATED CONCENTRIC 6 x 1-1/2 6.63 x 1.90 4.00 5.0 _ _ 4.00 5.0 REDUCER (150 x 40) (168.3 x 48.3) (101,6) (2,3) (101,6) (2,3) EtoE 6 x 2 6.63 x 2.37 4.00 5.3 _ _ 4.00 5.3 I f (150 x 50) (168,3 x 60,3) (101,6) (2,4) (101,6) (2,4) 6 x 2-1/2 6.63 x 2.87 4.00 5.7 _ — 4.00 5.7 (150 x 65) (168,3 x 73,0) (101,6) (2,6) (101,6) (2,6) Ell 6 x 76mm 6.63 x 3.00 4.00 6.14.00 6.1 — — (150 x 65) (168,3 x 76,1) (101,6) (2,7) (101,6) (2,7) FIGURE 550(1) 6 x 3 6.63 x 3.50 4.00 5.8 — — 4.00 5.8 CASTREDUCER (150 x 80) (168,3 x 88,9) (101,6) (2,6) (101,6) (2,6) 6 x 108mm 6.63 x 4.25 _ _ 4.00 6.0 _ _ (150 x 100) (168,3 x 108,0) (101,6) (2,7) 6 x 4 6.63 x 4.50 4.00 6.0 _ _ 4.00 6.0 (150 x 100) (168,3 x 114,3) (101,6) (2,7) (101,6) (2,7) 6 x 139mm 6.63 x 5.50 4.00 6.3 _ — 4.00 6.3 (150 x 100) (168,3 x 139,7) (101,6) (2,3) (101,6) (2,3) 6 x 5 6.63 x 5.56 4.00 6.2 _ — 4.00 6.2 (150 x 125) (168,3 x 141,3) (101,6) (2,8) (101,6) (2,8) 216mm x 2-1/2 8.52 x 2.87 _ _ 5.00 12.1 _ _ (200 x 65) (216,3 x 73,0) (127,0) (5,5) 8 x 3 8.63 x 3.50 5.00 11.5 _ _ 5.00 11.5 (200 x 80) (219,1 x 88,9) (127,0) (5,2) (127,0) (5,2) 8 x 4 8.63 x 4.50 5.00 10.7 _ — 5.00 10.7 (200 x 100) (219,1 x 114,3) (127,0) (4,9) (127,0) (4,9) 1. Figure 550 is available for the America market only. FIGURE 1(2 OF 3) FIGURES 250,350,AND 550 CONCENTRIC REDUCERS NOMINAL DIMENSIONS TFP1815 Page 4 of 26 Nominal Pipe Size Figure 250 Figure 350 Figure 550(1) Cast Fabricated Cast O.D. Nominal Approx. Nominal Approx. Nominal Approx. E to E ANSI Inches Inches E to E Weight E to E Weight E to E Weight f (DN) (mm) Inches Lbs. Inches Lbs. Inches Lbs. (mm) (kg) (mm) (kg) (mm) (kg) D 8 x 139mm 8.63 x 5.50 5.00 10.0 _ _ 5.00 10.0 (200 x 125) (219,1 x 139.7) (127,0) (4,5) (127,0) (4,5) 8 x 5 8.63 x 5.56 5.00 10.8 — _ 5.00 10.8 FIGURE 250 (200 x 125) (219,1 x 141,3) (127,0) (4,9) (127,0) (4,9) CAST CONCENTRIC REDUCER 8 x 165mm 8.63 x 6.50 5.00 11.0 — _ 5.00 11.0 (200 x 150) (219,1 x 165.1) (127,0) (5,0) (127,0) (5,0) E to E 8 x 6 8.63 x 6.63 5.00 11.35.00 11.3 — — (200 x 150) (219,1 x 168,3) (127,0) (5,1) (127,0) (5,1) — 10x4 10.75x4.50 _ _ 6.00 20.5 _ _ (250 x 100) (273,0 x 114,3) (152,4) (9,3) — 10x5 10.75x5.56 _ — 6.00 20.1 — — FIGURE 350 (250 x 125) (273,0 x 141,3) (152,4) (9,1) FABRICATED CONCENTRIC 10 x 165mm 10.75 x 6.50 6.00 17.8 _ — 6.00 17.8 REDUCER (250 x 150) (273,0 x 165,1) (152,4) (8,0) (152,4) (8,0) E to E 10x6 10.75 x 6.63 6.00 16.3 _ — 6.00 16.3 I f (250 x 150) (273,0 x 168,3) (152,4) (7,4) (152,4) (7,4) D10x8 10.75 x 8.63 6.00 18.3 — — 6.00 18.3 (250 x 200) (273,0 x 219,1) (152,4) (8,3) (152,4) (8,3) 12 x 4 12.75 x 4.50 7.00 22.7 — — 7.00 22.7 FIGURE 550(1) (300 x 100) (323,9 x 114,3) (177,8) (10,3) (177,8) (10,3) CAST CONCENTRIC 12 x 6 12.75 x 6.63 7.00 23.6 _ — 7.00 24.2 REDUCER (300 x 150) (323,9 x 168,3) (177,8) (10,7) (177,8) (11,0) 12 x 8 12.75 x 8.63 7.00 25.2 7.00 25.8 (300 x 200) (323,9 x 219,1) (177,8) (11,4) — — (177,8) (11,7) 12 x 10 12.75 x 10.75 7.00 28.2 7.00 28.2 7.00 28.2 (300 x 250) (323,9 x 273,0) (177,8) (12,8) (177,8) (12,8) (177,8) (12,8) 1. Figure 550 is available for the America market only. FIGURE 1(3 OF3) FIGURES 250,350,AND 550 CONCENTRIC REDUCERS NOMINAL DIMENSIONS TFP1815 Page 5 of 26 Nominal Pipe Size Figure 501 Figure 510 Cast 45°Elbow Cast 90°Elbow ANSI O.D. Nominal Approx. Nominal Approx. Inches C to E Weight C to E Weight Inches (DN) (mm) Inches Lbs. Inches Lbs. (mm) (kg) (mm) (kg) 1 1.0 1.7 0.6 2.25 0.8 (25) (33,7) (43,2) (0,3) (57,2) (0,4) 1-1/4 1.7 1.8 0.8 2.8 1.1 (32) (42,4) (44,5) (0,4) (69,9) (0,5) I� \ 1-1/2 1.9 1.8 1.0 2.8 1.4 (40) (48,3) (44,5) (0,5) (69,9) (0,6) `` 2 2.4 2.0 1.3 3.3 2.0 C to E At (50) (60,3) (50,8) (0,6) (82,6) (0,9) -- 2-1/2 2.9 2.3 2.1 3.8 2.8 (65) (73,0) (57,2) (1,0) (95,3) (1,3) FIGURE 501 76,1mm 3.0 2.3 2.2 3.8 3.0 CAST 45°ELBOW (65) (76,1) (57,2) (1,0) (95,3) (1,3) 3 3.5 2.5 3.4 4.3 4.1 II (80) (88,9) (63,5) (1,5) (108,0) (1,9) 4 4.5 3.0 5.5 5.0 7.0 (100) (114,3) (76,2) (2,5) (127,0) (3,2) 139,1mm 5.5 3.3 7.2 5.5 10.3 -1 C to E -- (125) (139,7) (82,6) (3,3) (139,7) (4,7) 165,1mm 6.5 3.5 9.2 6.5 13.9 E L (150) (165,1) (88,9) (4,2) (165,1) (6,3) CASSTT 9900°°ELBOW 6 6.6 3.5 11.2 6.5 15.2 (150) (168,3) (88,9) (5,1) (165,1) (6,9) 8 8.6 4.5 20.6 7.8 29.6 (200) (219,1) (108,0) (9,3) (196,9) (13,4) 10 10.750 4.75 30.1 9.00 52.0 (250) (273,0) (120,7) (13,7) (228,6) (23,6) 12 12.750 5.25 48.0 10.00 66.4 (300) (323,9) (133,4) (22,0) (254,0) (30,1) FIGURE 2 FIGURES 501 AND 510 ELBOWS NOMINAL DIMENSIONS TFP1815 Page 6 of 26 I Nominal Pipe Size Figure 519 Figure 2601+) Cast Tee Cast End Cap ANSI O.D. Nominal Approx. Nominal Approx. Inches Inches C to E Weight E to E Weight (DN) (mm) Inches Lbs. Inches Lbs. (mm) (kg) (mm) (kg) 1 1.3 2.25 1.1 0.8 0.2 (25) (33,4) (57,2) (0,5) (21,1) (0,1) 1-1/4 1.7 2.8 1.7 0.8 0.3 (32) (42,4) (69,9) (0,8) (21,1) (0,1) III II C to E 1-1/2 1.9 2.8 2.1 0.8 0.4 (40) (48,3) (69,9) (1,00) (21,1) (0,2) 2 2.4 3.3 2.8 0.9 0.7 (50) (60,3) (82,6) (1,3) (23,4) (0,3) 2-1/2 2.9 3.8 4.4 0.9 1.0 ----1 C to E f (65) (73,0) (95,3) (2,0) (23,4) (0,5) FIGURE 519 76,1mm 3.0 3.8 4.5 0.9 1.3 CAST TEE (65) (76,1) (95,3) (2,0) (21,8) (0,6) E to E 3 3.5 4.3 6.5 0.9 1.4 (80) (88,9) (108,0) (3,0) (23,4) (0,6) 4 4.5 5.0 9.5 1.0 2.6 (100) (114,3) (127,0) (4,3) (25,4) (1,2) 139,1mm 5.5 5.5 13.9 0.9 4.7 • 5E 44 (125) (139,7) (139,7) (6,3) (23,4) (2,1) FIGURE 26010 5 5.6 5.0 14.2 1.0 5.0 CAST END CAP (125) (141,3) (127,0) (6,4) (25,4) (2,3) 165,1mm 6.5 6.5 19.7 0.9 6.4 (150) (165,1) (165,1) (8,9) (23,4) (2,9) 6 6.6 6.5 22.4 1.0 6.2 (150) (168,3) (165,1) (10,2) (25,4) (2,8) 8 8.6 7.8 39.8 1.1 7.1 (200) (219,1) (196,9) (18,1) (27,0) (3,2) 10 10.8 9.00 64.2 1.0 24.5 (250) (273,0) (228,6) (29,1) (25,8) (11,1) 12 12.8 10.00 110.0 1.0 31.0 (300) (323,9) (254,0) (49,9) (25,8) (14,1) 1. Available with tapped plugs.Contact Tyco Fire Protection Products. FIGURE 3 FIGURES 519 TEE AND FIGURE 260 END CAP NOMINAL DIMENSIONS TFP1815 Page 7 of 26 Nominal Pipe Size Figure 510S Figure 519S 90°Elbow Tee ANSI O.D. Nominal Approx. Nominal Approx. Inches C to E Weight C to E Weight (I Inches Lbs. Inches Lbs. (DN)Inches (mm) (mm) (kg) (mm) (kg) 2 2.4 2.8 1.5 2.8 2.6 (50) (60,3) (69,9) (0,7) (69,9) (1,2) 2-1/2 2.9 3.0 2.1 3.0 4.4 ---.--1 C to E --.— (65) (65) (73,0) (76,2) (1,0) (76,2) (2,0) 51076,1mm 3.0 3.0 2.3 3.0 3.1 FIGURE 90°ELBOW (65) (76,1) (76,2) (1,0) (76,2) (1,4) SHORT PATTERN 3 3.5 3.4 3.0 3.8 6.5 (80) (88,9) (85,9) (1,4) (85,9) (3,0) Illejl C to E 4 4.5 4.0 5.0 4.0 10.7 (100) (114,3) (101,6) (2,3) (101,6) (4,9) 139mm 5.5 4.9 8.7 4.9 10.9 (125) (139,7) (124,0) (3,9) (124,0) (5,0) 5 5.6 4.8 9.4 4.8 11.6 —•--I C to E (125) (141,3) (123,0) (4,3) (123,0) (5,3) FIGURE 519S 165,1mm 6.5 5.5 11.4 5.5 14.8 TEE (150) (165,1) (139,7) (5,2) (139,7) (6,7) SHORT PATTERN 6 6.6 5.5 12.1 5.5 15.0 (150) (168,3) (139,7) (5,5) (139,7) (6,8) 8 8.6 6.9 22.2 6.9 39.8 (200) (219,1) (174,8) (10,1) (174,8) (18,1) FIGURE 4 FIGURES 510S ELBOW AND FIGURE 519S TEE NOMINAL DIMENSIONS TFP1815 Page 8 of 26 Nominal Pipe Size Figure 510DE(1) 90°Drain Elbow ANSI O.D. Nominal Nominal Nominal Approx. Inches C to E A B Weight Inches Inches Inches Inches Lbs. (DN) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (kg) 1" NPT III 2 2.4 3.8 2.0 2.8 3.1 (50) (60,3) (95,3) (50,8) (69,9) (1,4) Va .,, 2-1/2 2.9 3.8 2.0 2.8 2.2 B (65) (73,0) (95,3) (50,8) (69,9) (1,0) } y A f 3 3.5 4.3 2.3 2.8 6.0 (80) (88,9) (108,0) (59,4) (69,9) (2,7) C to E f 4 4.5 5.0 2.9 2.8 8.6 (100) (114,3) (127,0) (72,4) (69,9) (3,9) 6 6.6 6.5 3.9 2.8 18.0 (150) (168,3) (165,1) (99,6) (69,9) (8,2) 8 8.6 7.8 5.00 2.8 31.0 (200) (219,1) (196,9) (125,7) (69,9) (14,1) 1. Figure 510DE not available for the EMEA market. FIGURE 5 FIGURE 510DE 90°DRAIN ELBOW NOMINAL DIMENSIONS Nominal Pipe Dimensions-Inches Size (mm) Approx. Weight ANSIOutlet A B Lbs. Inches NPT(1) C D (kg) (DN) O.D. Takeout 1/2 1.3 1.8 1.9 0.8 (31,8) (44,5) (48,0) (0,4) 1-1/2 1.9 1.3 1.8 1.9 0.8 D NPT C (40) 3/4 (48,3) (31,8) (44,5) (48,0) (0,4) il�- 1 1.4 2.0 2.0 0.9 (34,8) (50,8) (51,3) (0,4) } B 1/2 1.3 1.8 1.9 0.9 A (31,8) (44,5) (48,0) (0,4) 2 2.4 1.3 1.8 1.9 0.8 (50) 3/4 (60,3) (31,8) (44,5) (48,0) (0,4) 1 1.4 2.0 2.0 1.1 (34,8) (50,8) (51,3) (0,5) 1/2 1.5 2.0 1.9 1.8 (37,3) (50,0) (48,0) (0,8) 2-1/2 2.9 1.5 2.0 1.9 1.1 (65) 3/4 (73,0) (37,3) (50,0) (48,0) (0,5) 1 1.4 2.0 2.0 1.1 (34,8) (50,8) (51,3) (0,5) 1. ISO threaded outlets are available upon request. 2. ADACAP not available for the EMEA market. 3. Rated pressure 300 psi(20,7 bar) FIGURE 6 ADACAP NOMINAL DIMENSIONS TFP1815 Page 9 of 26 Nominal Pipe Size Figure 320 Fabricated Thread Tee ANSI O.D. Nominal Nominal Approx. Inches Inches C to GE C to TE Weight (C a (mm) Inches Inches Lbs. (mm) (mm) (kg) 1 1.31 2.25 2.25 1.3 (25) (33,4) (57,2) (57,2) (0,6) 1-1/4 1.66 2.75 2.75 1.5 (32) (42,4) (69,9) (69,9) (0,7) 1-1/2 1.90 2.75 2.75 1.9 (40) (48,3) (69,9) (69,9) (0,9) 2 2.37 3.25 4.25 3.2 (50) (60,3) (82,6) (108,0) (1,5) 2-1/2 2.87 3.75 3.75 4.0 (65) (73,0) (95,3) (95,3) (1,8) - - C to TE 76mm 3.00 3.75 3.75 4.5 (65) (76,1) (95,3) (95,3) (2,0) } 3 3.50 4.25 6.00 6.0 (80) (88,9) (108,0) (152,4) (2,7) I 4 4.50 5.00 7.25 11.0 - lC to GEf (100) (114,3) (127,0) (184,2) (5,0) 139mm 5.50 5.50 5.50 21.0 (125) (139,7) (139,7) (139,7) (9,5) 5 5.56 5.50 5.50 23.0 (125) (141,3) (139,7) (139,7) (10,5) 165mm 6.50 6.50 6.50 25 (150) (165,1) (165,1) (165,1) (11,3) 6 6.63 6.50 6.50 28.0 (150) (168,3) (165,1) (165,1) (12,7) 8 8.63 7.75 7.75 38.7 (200) (219,1) (196,9) (196,9) (17,6) 10 10.75 9.00 9.00 72.1 (250) (273,0) (228,6) (228,6) (32,8) 12 12.75 10.00 10.00 92.5 (300) (323,9) (254,0) (254,0) (42,0) 1. Figure 320 not available for the EMEA market. FIGURE 7 FIGURE 320 FABRICATED GROOVE X GROOVE X MALE THREAD TEES(SEGMENT WELDED) NOMINAL DIMENSIONS TFP1815 Page 10 of 26 Figure 221 Figure 321 Nominal Pipe Size Cast Fabricated Reducing Tee Reducing Tee O.D. Nominal Approx.Nominal Approx. ANSI Inches Inches C to E Weight C to E Weight (DN) (mm) Inches Lbs. Inches Lbs. (mm) (kg) (mm) (kg) 1-1/4 x 1-1/4 x 1 1.66 x 1.66 x 1.312.75 1.3 _ — (32 x 32 x 25) (42,4 x 42,4 x 33,4) (69,9) (0,6) 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 1 1.90 x 1.90 x 1.312.75 1.4 _ — (40 x 40 x 25) (48,3 x 48,3 x 33,4) (69,9) (0,6) 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 1-1/4 1.90 x 1.90 x 1.662.75 1.5 — — (40 x 40 x 32) (48,3 x 48,3 x 42,4) (69,9) (0,7) 2 x 2 x 1 2.37x2.37x1.32 _ — 3.25 1.6 (50 x 50 x 25) (60,3 x 60,3 x 33,4) (82,6) (0,7) 2 x 2 x 1-1/2 2.37 x 2.37 x 1.90 3.25 2.7 3.25 2.0 (50 x 50 x 40) (60,3 x 60,3 x 48,3) (82,6) (1,2) (82,6) (0,9) 2-1/2 x 2-1/2 x 1 2.87 x 2.87 x 1.323.75 2.3 _ — (65 x 65 x 25) (73,0 x 73,0 x 33,4) (95,3) (1,1) C to E 2-1/2 x 2-1/2 x 1-1/4 2.87 x 2.87 x 1.663.75 4.2 — — il (65 x 65 x 32) (73,0 x 73,0 x 42,4) (95,3) (1,9) n (--- 1 2-1/2 x 2-1/2 x 1-1/2 2.873, x 2.873, x 48,3 _ — 3.75 4.2 (65 x 65 x 40) (73, 1.90 0 x 73,0 x 48,3) (95,3) (1,9) 2-1/2 x 2-1/2 x 2 2.87 x 2.87 x 2.37 3.75 4.2 3.75 4.5 ----- 1 C to E r (65 x 65 x 50) (73,0 x 73,0 x 60,3) (95,3) (1,9) (95,3) (2,0) FIGURE 221 76mm x 76mm x 1 3.00 x 3.00 x 1.32 _ _ 3.75 2.4 CAST TEE REDUCING (65 x 65 x 25) (76,1 x 76,1 x 33,4) (95,3) (1,1) GROOVED 76mm x 76mm x 1-1/4 3.00 x 3.00 x 1.66 — — 3.75 4.3 (SEGMENT WELDED) (65 x 65 x 32) (76,1 x 76,1 x 42,4) (95,3) (2,0) - C to E 76mm x 76mm x 1-1/2 3.00 x 3.00 x 1.90 3.75 4.5 3.75 4.2 (65 x 65 x 40) (76,1 x 76,1 x 48,3) (95,3) (2,0) (95,3) (1,9) 76mmx76mmx2 3.00 x 3.00 x 2.37 3.75 4.3 3.75 4.6 ��( (65 x 65 x 50) (76,1 x 76,1 x 60,3) (95,3) (2,0) (95,3) (2,1) t 1 3 x 3 x 1 3.50 x 3.50 x 1.32 4.25 5.6 4.25 6.0 C to E (80 x 80 x 25 (88,9 x 88,9 x 33,4) (108,0) (2,5) (108,0) (2,7) FIGURE 321 3 x 3 x 1-1/4 3.50 x 3.50 x 1.66 — _ 4.25 6.1 FABRICATED TEE REDUCING (80 x 80 x 32) (88,9 x 88,9 x 42,4) (108,0) (2,8) GROOVED 3 x 3 x 1-1/2 3.50 x 3.50 x 1.90 4.25 5.9 4.25 6.2 (SEGMENT WELDED) (80 x 80 x 40) (88,9 x 88,9 x 48,3) (108,0) (2,7) (108,0) (2,8) 3x3x2 3.50 x 3.50 x 2.37 4.25 6.0 4.25 6.4 (80 x 80 x 50) (88,9 x 88,9 x 60,3) (108,0) (2,7) (108,0) (2,9) 1 3 x 3 x 2-1/2 3.50 x 3.50 x 2.87 4.25 6.2 4.25 6.5 (80 x 80 x 65) (88,9 x 88,9 x 73,0) (108,0) (2,8) (108,0) (2,9) 3x3x76mm 3.50 x 3.50 x 3.00 4.25 6.0 4.25 6.7 (80 x 80 x 65) (88,9 x 88,9 x 76,1) (108,0) (2,7) (108,0) (3,0) 4x4x1 4.50x4.50x1.325.00 8.0 _ — (100 x 100 x 25) (114,3 x 114,3 x 33,4) (127,0) (3,7) 4x4x1-1/4 4.50x4.50x1.665.00 9.8 — — (100 x 100 x 32) (114,3 x 114,3 x 42,4) (127,0) (4,4) 4 x 4 x 1-1/2 4.50x4.50x1.90 _ — 5.00 9.9 (100 x 100 x 40) (114,3 x 114,3 x 48,3) (127,0) (4,5) 4 x 4 x 2 4.50 x 4.50 x 2.37 5.00 9.1 5.00 11.0 (100 x 100 x 50) (114,3 x 114,3 x 60,3) (127,0) (4,1) (127,0) (5,0) 4x4x2-1/2 4.50 x 4.50 x 2.88 5.00 9.5 5.00 11.2 (100 x 100 x 65) (114,3 x 114,3 x 73,0) (127,0) (4,3) (127,0) (5,1) 4x4x76mm 4.50x4.50x3.00 5.00 9.5 5.00 11.4 (125 x 125 x 65) (114,3 x 114,3 x 76,1) (127,0) (4,3) (127,0 (5,2) FIGURE 8(1 OF 3) FIGURES 221 AND 321 REDUCING TEES NOMINAL DIMENSIONS TFP1815 Page 11 of 26 Figure 221 Figure 321 Nominal Pipe Size Cast Fabricated Reducing Tee Reducing Tee O.D. Nominal Approx.Nominal Approx. ANSI Inches Inches C to E Weight C to E Weight (DN) (mm) Inches Lbs. Inches Lbs. (mm) (kg) (mm) (kg) 4 x 4 x 3 4.50 x 4.50 x 3.50 5.00 9.7 5.00 11.6 (100 x 100 x 80) (114,3 x 114,3 x 88,9) (127,0) (4,4) (127,0 (5,3) 139,7mm x 139,7mm x 3 5.50 x 5.50 x 3.50 5.50 12.7 5.50 12.2 (125 x 125 x 80) (139,7 x 139,7 x 88,9) (139,7) (5,8) (139,7) (5,5) 139,7mm x 139,7mm x 4 5.50 x 5.50 x 4.50 5.50 13.4 5.50 12.5 (125 x 125 x 100) (139,7 x 139,7 x 114,3) (139,7) (6,1) (139,7) (5,7) 5x5x1 5.56x5.56x1.31 _ — 5.50 13.0 (125 x 125 x 25) (141,3 x 141,3 x 33,4) (139,7) (5,9) 5x5x1-1/2 5.56x5.56x1.90 _ — 5.50 13.4 (125 x 125 x 40) (141,3 x 141,3 x 48,3) (139,7) (6,1) 5x5x2 5.56x5.56x2.37 _ — 5.50 14.1 (125 x 125 x 50) (141,3 x 141,3 x 60,3) (139,7) (6,4) 5 x 5 x 2-1/2 5.56 x 5.56 x 2.87 5.50 18.0 5.50 14.8 CtoE (125 x 125 x 65) (141,3 x 141,3 x 73,0) (139,7) (8,2) (139,7) (6,7) III il 5 x 5 x 76mm 5.56x5.56x3.00 _ — 5.50 15.3 (125 x 125 x 65) (141,3 x 141,3 x 76,1) (139,7) (6,9) 5 x 5 x 3 5.56 x 5.56 x 3.50 5.50 14.0 5.50 16.0 (125 x 125 x 80) (141,3 x 141,3 x 88,9) (139,7) (6,4) (139,7) (7,3) —.--1C to E --.- 5 5 x 5 x 4 5.56 x 5.56 x 4.50 5.50 13.9 5.50 16.4 FIGURE 221 (125 x 125 x 100) (141,3 x 141,3 x 114,3) (139,7) (6,3) (139,7) (7,4) CAST TEE REDUCING 165mm x 165mm x 3 6.50 x 6.50 x 3.50 6.50 18.0 6.50 22.0 GROOVED (SEGMENT WELDED) (150 x 150 x 80) (165,1 x 165,1 x 88,9) (165,1) 8,2 (165,1) (10,0) 165mm x 165mm x 4 6.50 x 6.50 x 4.50 6.50 19.5 6.50 22.6 - C to E (150 x 150 x 100) (165,1 x 165,1 x 114,3) (165,1) 8,9 (165,1) (10,3) 165mm x 165mm x 5 6.50 x 6.50 x 5.50 _ — 6.50 23.2 (150 x 150 x 125) (165,1 x 165,1 x 139,7) (165,1) (10,5) 165mm x 165mm x 139mm 6.50 x 6.50 x 5.50 _ — 6.50 22.9 (150 x 150 x 125) (165,1 x 165,1 x 141,3) (165,1) (10,4) - C to E --.- 6 6 x 6 x 1 6.63 x 6.63 x 1.31 _ _ 6.50 22.8 FIGURE 321 (150 x 150 x 25) (168,3 x 168,3 x 33,4) (165,1) (10,3) FABRICATED TEE REDUCING GROOVED 6x 6 x 1-1/2 6.638, x 6.63 x — — 6.50 22.9 WELDED) (150 x 150 x 40) (168,3 x 168,3 x 48,3) (165,1) (10,4) (SEGMENT 6 x 6 x 2 6.63 x 6.63 x 2.37 6.50 19.4 6.50 23.0 (150 x 150 x 50) (168,3 x 168,3 x 60,3) (165,1) (8,8) (165,1) (10,4) 6x6x2-1/2 6.63 x 6.63 x 2.87 6.50 21.2 6.50 23.4 (150 x 150 x 65) (168,3 x 168,3 x 73,0) (165,1) (9,8) (165,1) (10,6) 6 x 6 x 76mm 6.63 x 6.63 x 3.00 6.50 21.2 6.50 23.5 (150 x 150 x 65) (168,3 x 168,3 x 76,1) (165,1) 9,8 (165,1) (10,7) 6 x 6 x 3 6.63 x 6.63 x 3.50 6.50 21.0 6.50 23.7 (150 x 150 x 80) (168,3 x 168,3 x 88,9) (165,1) (9,5) (165,1) (10,7) 6x6x4 6.63 x 6.63 x 4.50 6.50 21.8 6.50 23.9 (150 x 150 x 100) (168,3 x 168,3 x 114,3) (165,1) (9,9) (165,1) (10,8) 6 x 6 x 139mm 6.63 x 6.63 x 5.50 6.50 23.0 6.50 24.0 (150 x 150 x 125) (168,3 x 168,3 x 139,7) (165,1) 10,4 (165,1) (10,9) 6x6x5 6.63x6.63x5.56 _ — 6.50 27.0 (150 x 150 x 125) (168,3 x 168,3 x 141,3) (165,1) 12,2 8x8x1-1/2 8.63x8.63x1.90 _ — 7.75 36.0 (200 x 200 x 40) (219,1 x 219,1 x 48,3) (196,9 (16,3) 8 x 8 x 2 8.63x8.63x2.375 _ — 7.75 36.2 (200 x 200 x 50) (219,1 x 219,1 x 60,3) (196,9) (16,4) FIGURE 8(2 OF 3) FIGURES 221 AND 321 REDUCING TEES NOMINAL DIMENSIONS TFP1815 Page 12 of 26 Figure 221 Figure 321 Nominal Pipe Size Cast Fabricated Reducing Tee Reducing Tee O.D. Nominal Approx.Nominal Approx. ANSI Inches Inches C to E Weight C to E Weight (DN) (mm) Inches Lbs. Inches Lbs. (mm) (kg) (mm) (kg) 8x8x2-1/2 8.63x8.63x2.887.75 36.4 _ — (200 x 200 x 65) (219,1 x 219,1 x 73,0) (196,9) (16,5) 216mm x 216mm x 165mm 8.52 x 8.52 x 6.507.75 37.9 _ — (200 x 200 x 150) (216,3 x 216,3 x 165,1) (196,9) (17,2) 8x8x76mm 8.63x8.63x3.00 _ — 7.75 36.4 (200 x 200 x 65) (216,1 x 219,1 x 76.1) (196,9) (16,5) 8x8x3 8.63x8.63x3.507.75 36.5 _ — (200 x 200 x 80) (219,1 x 219,1 x 88,9) (196,9) (16,6) 8x8x4 8.63 x 8.63 x 4.50 7.75 37.2 7.75 36.4 (200 x 200 x 100) (219,1 x 219,1 x 114,1) (196,9) (16,9) (196,9) (16,5) 8 x 8 x 139mm 8.63 x 8.63 x 5.56 7.75 37.7 7.75 36.7 III C to E (200 x 200 x 125) (219,1 x 219,1 x 139,7) (196,9) (17,1) (196,9) (16,6) 8x8x5 8.63 x 8.63 x 5.50 (219,1 x 219,1 x 141,3) _ _ 7.75 36.8 (200 x 200 x 125) (196,9) (16,7) 8 x 8 x 165mm 8.63 x 8.63 x 6.50 7.75 37.7 7.75 39.0 =..... , (200 x 200 x 150) (219,1 x 219,1 x 165,1) (196,9) (17,1) (196,9) (17,7) --I C to E f 10x10x1-1/2 10.75x10.75x1.90 _ _ 9.00 57.0 FIGURE 221 (250 x 250 x 40) (273,0 x 273,0 x 48,3) (228,6) (25,8) CAST TEE REDUCING 10 x 10 x 2 10.75 x 10.75 x 2.379.00 57.1 — — GROOVED (250 x 250 x 50) (273,0 x 273,0 x 60,3) (228,6) (25,9) (SEGMENT WELDED) 10x10x2-1/2 10.75x10.75x2.879.00 57.3 — — - C to E (250 x 250 x 65) (273,0 x 273,0 x 73,0) (228,6) (26,0) _L 10x10x3 10.75 x 10.75 x 3.50 9.00 57.4 4 : (250 x 250 x 80) (273,0 x 273,0 x 88,9) — -- — (228,6) (26,0) —I 110x10x4 10.75x10.75x4.50 9.00 57.8 (250 x 250 x 100) (273,0 x 273,0 x 114,3) (228,6) (26,2) C to E 10x10x5 10.75x10.75x5.56 _ _ 9.00 58.0 FIGURE 321 (250 x 250 x 125) (273,0 x 273,0 x 141,3) (228,6) (26,3) FABRICATED TEE REDUCING 10 x 10 x 6 10.75 x 10.75 x 6.639.00 62.0 — — GROOVED (250 x 250 x 150) (273,0 x 273,0 x 168,3) (228,6) (28,1) (SEGMENT WELDED) 10x10x8 10.75x10.75x8.639.00 63.0 — — (250 x 250 x 200) (273,0 x 273,0 x 219,1) (228,6) (28,6) 12x12x1 12.75x12.75x1.3110.00 64.0 _ — (300 x 300 x 25) (323,9 x 323,9 x 33,4) (254,0) (29,0) 12 x 12 x 2 12.75x12.75x2.3710.00 69.5 _ — (300 x 300 x 50) (323,9 x 323,9 x 60,3) (254,0) (31,5) 12 x 12 x 2-1/2 12.75 x 12.75 x 2.8710.00 75.6 _ — (300 x 300 x 65) (323,9 x 323,9 x 73,0) (254,0) (34,3) 12 x 12 x 3 12.75x12.75x3.5010.00 80.2 — — (300 x 300 x 80) (323,9 x 323,9 x 88,9) (254,0) (36,4) 12 x 12 x 4 12.75x12.75x4.5010.00 80.5 _ — (300 x 300 x 100) (323,9 x 323,9 x 114,3) (254,0) (36,5) 12 x 12 x 5 12.75x12.75x5.5610.00 80.7 — — (300 x 300 x 125) (323,9 x 323,9 x 141,3) (254,0) (36,6) 12 x 12 x 6 12.75x12.75x6.6310.00 80.9 _ — (300 x 300 x 150) (323,9 x 323,9 x 168,3) (254,0) (36,7) 12 x 12 x 165mm 12.75x12.75x6.5010.00 79.9 — — (300 x 300 x 150) (323,9 x 323,9 x 165,1) (254,0) (36,2) 12 x 12 x 8 12.75x12.75x8.63 _ — 10.00 76.3 (300 x 300 x 200) (323,9 x 323,9 x 219,1) (254,0) (34,6) 12x12x10 12.75x12.75x10.75 — _ 10.00 77.6 (300 x 300 x 250) (323,9 x 323,9 x 273,0) (254,0) (35,2) FIGURE 8(3 OF 3) FIGURES 221 AND 321 REDUCING TEES NOMINAL DIMENSIONS TFP1815 Page 13 of 26 Nominal Pipe Figure 327(+) Figure 341(+) Figure 342(+) Size ANSI O.D. Nominal Approx. Nominal Mating Approx. Nominal Mating Approx. Inches Inches C to E Weight E to E Flange Weight E to E Flange Weight (DN) (mm) Inches Lbs. Inches Bolt Lbs. Inches Bolt Lbs. (mm) (kg) (mm) Qty. (kg) (mm) Qty. (kg) 1 1.31 2.25 2.2 3.00 4 2.3 3.00 4 4.0 (25) (33,4) (57,2) (1,0) (76,2) (1,0) (76,2) (1,8) C to E 1-1/4 1.66 2.75 2.2 4.00 4 2.8 4.00 4 4.6 (32) (42,4) (69,9) (1,0) (101,6) (1,3) (101,6) (2,1) 1-1/2 1.90 2.75 2.5 4.00 3.2 4.00 7.1 (40) (48,3) (69,9) (1,1) (101,6) 4 (1,5) (101,6) 4 (3,2) -1 2 2.37 3.25 3.7 4.00 4 5.2 4.00 8 8.2 C to E f (50) (60,3) (82,6) (1,7) (101,6) (2,4) (101,6) (3,7) FIGURE 327(+) 2-1/2 2.87 3.75 5.8 4.00 4 8.0 4.00 8 11.9 FABRICATED GROOVEDROSS (65) (73,0) (95,3) (2,6) (101,6) (3,6) (101,6) (5,4) (SEGMENT WELDED) 76mm 3.00 3.75 6.0 4.00 8.8 4.00 12.5 (65) (76,1) (95,3) (2,7) (101,6) 4 (4,0) (101,6) 8 (5,7) --.--1 E to E r_ 3 3.50 4.25 8.6 4.00 4 10.2 4.00 8 15.5 (80) (88,9) (108,0) (3,9) (101,6) (4,6) (101,6) (7,0) 4 4.50 5.00 20.7 6.00 17.2 6.00 28.0 (100) (114,3) (127,0) (9,4) (152,4) 8 (7,8) (152,4) 8 (12,7) J 139mm 5.50 5.50 18.3 6.00 18.5 6.00 32.5 _ (125) (139,7) (139,7) (8,3) (152,4) 8 (8,4) (152,4) 8 (14,7) 5 5.56 5.50 18.5 6.00 21.4 6.00 37.0 FIGURE 341(+) (125) (141,3) (139,7) (8,4) (152,4) 8 (9,7) (152,4) 8 (16,8) FABRICATED FLANGE ADAPTER 165mm 6.50 6.50 26.2 6.008 22.0 6.00 12 42.5 ANSI CLASS 150 LBS. (150) (165,1) (165,1) (11,9) (152,4) (10,0) (152,4) (19,3) GROOVED 6 6.63 6.50 27.3 6.00 26.0 6.00 48.0 FIGURE 342(1) (150) (168,3) (165,1) (12,4) (152,4) 8 (11,8) (152,4) 12 (21,8) FABRICATED FLANGE ADAPTER 216mm 8.52 7.75 44.0 6.008 34.5 6.00 12 72.5 ANSI CLASS 300 LBS. (200) (216,3) (196,9) (20,0) (152,4) (15,6) (152,4) (32,9) GROOVED 8 8.63 7.75 48.0 6.00 38.4 6.00 79.0 (200) (219,1) (196,9) (21,7) (152,4) 8 (17,4) (152,4) 12 (35,8) 10 10.75 9.00 75.0 8.0012 65.0 8.00 16 122.0 (250) (273,0) (228,6) (34,0) (203,2) (29,5) (203,2) (55,3) 12 12.75 10.00 95.8 8.00 I 12 91.0 8.00 16 183.0 (300) (323,9) (254,0) (43,4) (203,2) (41,3) (203,2) (83,0) 1. Figure 327,Figure 341,and Figure 342 are not available for the EMEA market. FIGURE 9 FIGURE 327 CROSS AND FIGURE 341 AND FIGURE 342 FLANGE ADAPTERS NOMINAL DIMENSIONS TFP1815 Page 14 of 26 Nominal Pipe Size Nominal Approx. C to E Weight O.D. Inches Lbs. ANSI Inches Inches (mm) (kg) (DN) (mm) 2 x 2 x 3/4 2.37 x 2.37 x 1.05 3.25 2.0 (50 x 50 x 20) (60,3 x 60,3 x 26,7) (82,6) (0,9) 2x2 x1 2.37 x 2.37 x 1.31 3.25 2.2 (50 x 50 x 25) (60,3 x 60,3 x 33,4) (82,6) (1,0) 2x2x1-1/4 2.37 x 2.37 x 1.66 3.25 2.3 (50 x 50 x 32) (60,3 x 60,3 x 42,4) (82,6) (1,0) 2 x 2 x 1-1/2 2.37 x 2.37 x 1.90 3.25 1.4 (50 x 50 x 40) (60,3 x 60,3 x 48,3) (82,6) (1,1) 2-1/2 x 2-1/2 x 1 2.875 x 2.875 x 1.315 3.75 3.6 (65 x 65 x 25) (73,0 x 73,0 x 33,4) (95,3) (1,6) 2-1/2 x 2-1/2 x 1-1/4 2.875 x 2.875 x 1.660 3.75 3.8 (65 x 65 x 32) (73,0 x 73,0 x 42,4) (95,3) (1,7) 2-1/2 x 2-1/2 x 1-1/2 2.875 x 2.875 x 1.900 3.75 4.0 (65 x 65 x 40) (73,0 x 73,0 x 48,3) (95,3) (1,8) 2-1/2 x 2-1/2 x 2 2.875 x 2.875 x 2.375 3.75 4.2 (65 x 65 x 50) (73,0 x 73,0 x 60,3) (95,3) (1,9) 76mm x 76mm x 1 3.00 x 3.00 x 1.31 3.75 3.8 (65 x 65 x 25) (76,1 x 76,1 x 33,4) (95,3) (1,7) I C to E 76mm x 76mm x 1-1/4 I I (65 x 65 x 32) 3.00 x 3.00 x 1.66 (76,1 x 76,1 x 42,4) 3.75 (95,3) 4.0 (1,8) 76mm x 76mm x 1-1/2 3.00 x 3.00 x 1.90 3.75 4.2 III (65 x 65 x 40) (76,1 x 76,1 x 48,3) (95,3) (1,9) 3x3x3/4 3.50 x 3.50 x 1.05 4.25 5.2 — C to E f (80 x 80 x 20) (88,9 x 88,9 x 26,7) (108,0) (2,4) i 3 x 3 x1 3.50 x 3.50 x 1.31 4.25 5.7 (80 x 80 x 25) (88,9 x 88,9 x 33,4) (108,0) (2,6) 3x3x1-1/2 3.50 x 3.50 x 1.90 4.25 5.8 (80 x 80 x 40) (88,9 x 88,9 x 48,3) (108,0) (2,6) 3x3x2 3.50x3.50x2.37 4.25 5.9 (80 x 80 x 50) (88,9 x 88,9 x 60,3) (108,0) (2,7) 3 x 3 x 2-1/2 3.50 x 3.50 x 2.87 4.25 6.3 (80 x 80 x 65) (88,9 x 88,9 x 73,0) (108,0) (2,9) 3 x 3 x 76mm 3.50 x 3.50 x 3.00 4.25 6.5 (80 x 80 x 65) (88,9 x 88,9 x 76,1) (108,0) (2,9) 4x4x3/4 4.50 x 4.50 x 1.05 3.75 6.4 (100 x 100 x 20) (114,3 x 114,3 x 26,7) (95,3) (2,9) 4 x 4 x 1 4.50 x 4.50 x 1.31 5.00 6.9 (100 x 100 x 25) (114,3 x 114,3 x 33,4) (127,0) (3,1) 4 x 4 x 1-1/4 4.50 x 4.50 x 1.66 5.00 7.6 (100 x 100 x 32) (114,3 x 114,3 x 42,4) (127,0) (3,4) 4x4x1-1/2 4.50 x 4.50 x 1.90 5.00 8.3 (100 x 100 x 40) (114,3 x 114,3 x 48,3) (127,0) (3,8) 4x4x2 4.50x4.50x2.37 5.00 9.6 (100 x 100 x 50) (114,3 x 114,3 x 60,3) (127,0) (4,4) 4x4x2-1/2 4.500 x 4.500 x 2.875 5.00 10.0 (100 x 100 x 65) (114,3 x 114,3 x 73,0) (127,0) (4,5) 4 x 4 x 76mm 4.500 x 4.500 x 3.00 5.00 10.5 (100 x 100 x 65) (114,3 x 114,3 x 76,1) (127,0) (4,8) 1. Figure 323 not available for the EMEA market. FIGURE 10(1 OF 3) FIGURE 323 FABRICATED GROOVE X GROOVE X MALE THREAD REDUCING TEES(SEGMENT WELDED) NOMINAL DIMENSIONS TFP1815 Page 15 of 26 Nominal Pipe Size Nominal Approx. C to E Weight O.D. Inches Lbs. ANSI Inches Inches (mm) (kg) (DN) (mm) 4x4x3 4.50 x 4.50 x 3.50 5.00 10.3 (100 x 100 x 80) (114,3 x 114,3 x 88,9) (127,0) (4,7) 5 x 5 x2 5.56 x 5.56 x 2.37 5.50 14.0 (125 x 125 x 50) (141,3 x 141,3 x 60,3) (139,7) (6,4) 5x5x2-1/2 5.56 x 5.56 x 2.87 5.50 14.3 (125 x 125 x 65) (141,3 x 141,3 x 73,0) (139,7) (6,5) 5x5x76mm 5.56 x 5.56 x 3.00 5.50 14.5 (125 x 125 x 65) (141,3 x 141,3 x 76,1) (139,7) (6,6) 5 x 5 x 3 5.56 x 5.56 x 3.50 5.50 14.6 (125 x 125 x 80) (141,3 x 141,3 x 88,9) (139,7) (6,6) 5x5x4 5.56 x 5.56 x 4.50 5.50 15.1 (125 x 125 x 100) (141,3 x 141,3 x 114,3) (139,7) (6,8) 165mm x 165mm x 2 6.50 x 6.50 x 2.37 6.50 9.5 (150 x 150 x 50) (165,1 x 165,1 x 60,3) (165,1) (4,3) 165mm x 165mm x 2-1/2 6.50 x 6.50 x 2.875 6.50 9.7 (150 x 150 x 65) (165,1 x 165,1 x 73,0) (165,1) (4,4) 165mm x 165mm x 76mm 6.50 x 6.50 x 3.00 6.50 9.7 (150 x 150 x 65) (165,1 x 165,1 x 76,1) (165,1) (4,4) 165mm x 165mm x 3 6.50 x 6.50 x 3.50 6.50 9.8 (150 x 150 x 80) (165,1 x 165,1 x 88,9) (165,1) (4,4) 11111 C to E 165mm x 165mm x 4 6.50 x 6.50 x 4.50 6.50 10.0 (150 x 150 x 100) (165,1 x 165,1 x 114,3) (165,1) (4,5) III 165mm x 165mm x 5 6.50 x 6.50 x 5.563 6.50 10.2 (150 x 150 x 125) (165,1 x 165,1 x 141,3) (165,1) (4,6) -1 C to E —.- 6 x 6 x1-1/2 6x6x1-1/2 6.625x6.625x1.90 6.50 19.0 (150 x 150 x 40) (168,3 x 168,3 x 48,3) (165,1) (8,6) 6 x 6 x 2 6.625 x 6.625 x 2.375 6.50 21.3 (150 x 150 x 50) (168,3 x 168,3 x 60,3) (165,1) (9,7) 6 x 6 x 2-1/2 6.625 x 6.625 x 2.875 6.50 21.7 (150 x 150 x 65) (168,3 x 168,3 x 73,0) (165,1) (9,8) 6x6x76mm 6.625 x 6.625 x 3.00 6.50 14.5 (150 x 150 x 65) (168,3 x 168,3 x 76,1) (165,1) (6,6) 6x6x3 6.625 x 6.625 x 3.500 6.50 22.0 (150 x 150 x 80) (168,3 x 168,3 x 88,9) (165,1) (10,0) 6 x 6 x 4 6.625 x 6.625 x 4.500 6.50 22.5 (150 x 150 x 100) (168,3 x 168,3 x 114,3) (165,1) (10.2) 6 x 6 x 5 6.625 x 6.625 x 5.563 6.50 23.1 (150 x 150 x 125) (168,3 x 168,3 x 141,3) (165,1) 10,5 8 x 8 x 2 8.63 x 8.63 x 2.37 7.75 32.7 (200 x 200 x 50) (219,1 x 219,1 x 60,3) (196,9) (14,8) 8 x 8 x 3 8.63 x 8.63 x 3.50 7.75 33.5 (200 x 200 x 80) (219,1 x 219,1 x 88,9) (196,9) (15,2) 8 x 8 x 4 8.63 x 8.63 x 4.50 7.75 34.5 (200 x 200 x 100) (219,1 x 219,1 x 114,1) (196,9) (15,6) 8 x 8 x 5 8.63 x 8.63 x 5.56 7.75 34.7 (200 x 200 x 125) (219,1 x 219,1 x 141,3) (196,9) (15,7) 8 x 8 x 165mm 8.63 x 8.63 x 6.50 7.75 35.0 (200 x 200 x 150) (219,1 x 219,1 x 165,1) (196,9) (15,9) 1. Figure 323 not available for the EMEA market. FIGURE 10(2 OF 3) FIGURE 323 FABRICATED GROOVE X GROOVE X MALE THREAD REDUCING TEES(SEGMENT WELDED) NOMINAL DIMENSIONS TFP1815 Page 16 of 26 Nominal Pipe Size Nominal Approx. C to E Weight O.D. Inches Lbs. ANSI Inches Inches (mm) (kg) (DN) (mm) 8 x 8 x 6 8.63 x 8.63 x 6.63 7.75 35.6 (200 x 200 x 150) (219,1 x 219,1 x 168,3) (196,9) (16,1) 10x 10x2 10.75 x 10.75 x 2.37 9.00 52.2 (250 x 250 x 50) (273,0 x 273,0 x 60,3) (228,6) (23,7) 10x 10x3 10.75 x 10.75 x 3.50 9.00 53.0 (250 x 250 x 80) (273,0 x 273,0 x 88,9) (228,6) (24,0) 10x10x4 10.75 x 10.75 x 4.50 9.00 53.6 (250 x 250 x 100) (273,0 x 273,0 x 114,3) (228,6) (24,3) 10x10x5 10.75 x 10.75 x 5.56 9.00 54.2 C to E (250 x 250 x 125) (273,0 x 273,0 x 141,3) (228,6) (24,6) 10x10x165mm 10.75 x 10.75 x 6.50 9.00 55.5 (250 x 250 x 150) (273,0 x 273,0 x 165,1) (228,6) (25,2) 10x10x6 10.75 x 10.75 x 6.63 9.00 54.9 (250 x 250 x 150) (273,0 x 273,0 x 168,3) (228,6) (24,9) —I C to E 10x10x8 10.75 x 10.75 x 8.63 9.00 55.3 (250 x 250 x 200) (273,0 x 273,0 x 219,1) (228,6) (25,1) 12 x 12 x 3 12.75 x 12.75 x 3.50 10.00 74.6 (300 x 300 x 80) (323,9 x 323,9 x 88,9) (254,0) (33,8) 12 x 12 x 4 12.75 x 12.75 x 4.50 10.00 75.1 (300 x 300 x 100) (323,9 x 323,9 x 141,3) (254,0) (34,1) 12 x 12 x 5 12.75 x 12.75 x 5.563 10.00 75.6 (300 x 300 x 125) (323,9 x 323,9 x 114,3) (254,0) (34,3) 12 x 12 x 165mm 12.75 x 12.75 x 6.50 10.00 76.2 (300 x 300 x 150) (323,9 x 323,9 x 165,1) (254,0) (34,6) 12 x 12 x 6 12.75 x 12.75 x 6.625 10.00 76.2 (300 x 300 x 150) (323,9 x 323,9 x 168,3) (254,0) (34,6) 12 x 12 x 8 12.750 x 12.750 x 8.625 10.00 76.3 (300 x 300 x 200) (323,9 x 323,9 x 219,1) (254,0) (34,6) 12x12x10 12.750 x 12.750 x 10.750 10.00 77.6 (300 x 300 x 250) (323,9 x 323,9 x 273,0) (254,0) (35,2) 1. Figure 323 not available for the EMEA market. FIGURE 10(3 OF 3) FIGURE 323 FABRICATED GROOVE X GROOVE X MALE THREAD REDUCING TEES(SEGMENT WELDED) NOMINAL DIMENSIONS TFP1815 Page 17 of 26 Nominal Pipe Size E to E Approx. Inches Weight mm Pipe O.D. ( Lbs. ANSI Inches Inches ) (kg) (DN) (mm) 1-1/2x1 1.90 x 1.31 2.50 0.6 (40 x 25) (48,3 x 33,7) (63,5) (0,3) 2 x 3/4 2.37 x 1.05 2.50 1.0 (50 x 20) (60,3 x 26,7) (63,5) (0,5) 2 x 1 2.37 x 1.31 2.50 0.8 (50 x 25) (60,3 x 33,4) (63,5) (0,4) 2 x 1-1/4 2.37 x 1.66 2.50 0.8 (50 x 32) (60,3 x 42,4) (63,5) (0,4) 2 x 1-1/2 2.37 x 1.90 2.50 0.8 (50 x 40) (60,3 x 48,3) (63,5) (0,4) 2-1/2 x 1 2.87 x 1.31 2.50 0.9 (65 x 25) (73,0 x 33,4) (63,5) (0,4) 2-1/2 x 1-1/4 2.87 x 1.66 2.50 1.0 (65 x 32) (73,0 x 42,4) (63,5) (0,5) 2-1/2 x 1-1/2 2.87 x 1.90 2.50 1.3 (65 x 40) (73,0 x 48,3) (63,5) (0,6) 2-1/2 x 2 2.87 x 2.37 2.50 1.2 (65 x 50) (73,0 x 60,3) (63,5) (0,5) 76mm x 1-1/4 3.00 x 1.66 2.50 1.0 E to E (65 x 32) (76,1 x 42,4) (63,5) (0,5) 76mm x 1-1/2 3.00 x 1.90 2.50 1.1 (65 x 40) (76,1 x 48,3) (63,5) (0,5) II 76mm x 2 3.00 x 2.37 2.50 1.2 (65 x 50) (76,1 x 60,3) (63,5) (0,5) w 3 x 3/4 3.50 x 1.05 2.50 1.1 (80 x 20) (88,9 x 26,7) (63,5) (0,5) 3 x 1 3.50 x 1.31 2.50 1.3 (80 x 25) (88,9 x 33,4) (63,5) (0,6) 3 x 1-1/4 3.50 x 1.66 2.5 1.3 (80 x 32) (88,9 x 42,4) (63,5) (0,6) 3 x 1-1/2 3.50 x 1.90 2.50 1.3 (80 x 40) (88,9 x 48,3) (63.5) (0,6) 3 x 2 3.50 x 2.37 2.50 1.3 (80 x 50) (88,9 x 60,3) (63.5) (0,6) 3 x 2-1/2 3.50 x 2.87 2.50 1.5 (80 x 65) (88,9 x 73,0) (63.5) (0,7) 3 x 76mm 3.50 x 3.00 2.50 1.5 (80 x 65) (88,9 x 76,1) (63.5) (0,7) 4 x 1 4.50 x 1.31 3.00 1.8 (100 x 25) (114,3 x 33,4) (76,2) (0,8) 4 x 1-1/4 4.50 x 1.66 3.00 2.0 (100 x 32) (114,3 x 42,4) (76,2) (0,9) 4 x 1-1/2 4.50 x 1.90 3.00 2.3 (100 x 40) (114,3 x 48,3) (76,2) (1,0) 4 x 2 4.50 x 2.37 3.00 2.3 (100 x 50) (114,3 x 60,3) (76,2) (1,0) 4 x 2-1/2 4.50 x 2.87 3.00 2.3 (100 x 65) (114,3 x 73,0) (76,2) (1,0) 1. Figure 372 not available for the EMEA market. FIGURE 11(1 OF 2) FIGURE 372 FABRICATED CONCENTRIC REDUCER GROOVE X MALE THREAD(MPT) NOMINAL DIMENSIONS TFP1815 Page 18 of 26 Nominal Pipe Size E to E Approx. Inches Weight mm Pipe O.D. ( Lbs. ANSI Inches Inches ) (kg) (DN) (mm) 4 x 3 4.50 x 3.50 3.00 2.6 (100 x 80) (114,3 x 88,9) (76,2) (1,2) 5 x 4 5.56 x 4.50 3.50 4.5 (125 x 100) (141,3 x 114,3) (88,9) (2,0) 165mm x 1 6.50 x 1.31 4.00 1.2 (150 x 25) (165,1 x 33,4) (101,6) (0,5) 165mm x 2 6.50 x 2.37 4.00 5.5 (150 x 50) (165,1 x 60,3) (101,6) (2,5) 165mm x 76mm 6.50 x 3.00 4.00 5.7 E to E (150 x 65) (165,1 x 76,1) (101,6) (2,6) 165mm x 3 6.50 x 3.50 4.00 5.8 ,— (150 x 50) (165,1 x 88,9) (101,6) (2,6) 165mm x 4 6.50 x 4.50 4.00 5.8 (150 x 50) (165,1 x 114,3) (101,6) (2,6) — 165mm x 5 6.50 x 5.563 4.00 5.8 (150 x 50) (165,1 x 141,3) (101,6) (2,6) 6 x 1 6.63 x 1.31 4.00 5.2 (150 x 25) (168,3 x 33,4) (101,6) (2,4) 6 x 2 6.63 x 2.37 4.00 5.4 (150 x 50) (168,3 x 60,3) (101,6) (2,4) 6 x 2-1/2 6.63 x 2.87 4.00 5.6 (150 x 65) (168,3 x 73,0) (101,6) (2,5) 6 x 76mm 6.63 x 3.00 4.00 5.8 (150 x 65) (168,3 x 76,1) (101,6) (2,6) 6 x 3 6.63 x 3.50 4.00 6.0 (150 x 80) (168,3 x 88,9) (101,6) (2,7) 6 x 4 6.63 x 4.50 4.00 6.2 (150 x 100) (168,3 x 114,3) (101,6) (2,8) 6 x 5 6.63 x 5.56 4.00 6.7 (150 x 125) (168,3 x 141,3) (101,6) (3,0) 1. Figure 372 not available for the EMEA market. FIGURE 11 (2 OF 2) FIGURE 372 FABRICATED CONCENTRIC REDUCER GROOVE X MALE THREAD(MPT) NOMINAL DIMENSIONS TFP1815 Page 19 of 26 Nominal Pipe Size Figures 211,311,&511 Figures 212,312,&512 O.D. Nominal Approx. Nominal Approx. ANSI Inches C to E Weight C to E Weight Inches (DN) Inches Lbs. Inches Lbs. (mm) (mm) (kg) (mm) (kg) 1-1/4 1.660 1.38 0.4 1.75 0.4 (32) (42,4) (35,1) (0,2) (44,5) (0,2) 1-1/2 1.900 1.38 0.5 1.75 0.5 (40) (48,3) (35,1) (0,2) (44,5) (0,2) r C to E 2 2.375 1.38 0.6 1.88 0.6 iL (50) (60,3) (35,1) (0,3) (47,8) (0,3) a= 2-1/2 2.875 1.50 1.1 2.00 0.7 (65) (73,0) (38,1) (0,5) (50,8) (0.3) 76,1mm 3.000 1.50 1.1 2.00 1.2 FIGURES 211,311,&511 (65) (76,1) (38,1) (0,5) (50,8) (0,5) FABRICATED 11/a ELBOW (SEGMENT WELDED) 3 3.500 1.50 1.2 2.25 1.4 C to E (80) (88,9) (38,1) (0,5) (57,2) (0,6) 4 4.500 1.75 2.2 2.63 2.4 (100) (114,3) (44,5) (1,0) (66,8) (1,1) tr 139,7mm 5.500 2.00 2.3 2.88 2.5 (125) (139,7) (50,8) (1,0) (73,2) (1,1) 5 5.563 2.00 3.3 2.88 4.1 (125) (141,3) (50,8) (1,5) (73,2) (1,9) FIGURES 212,312,&512 FABRICATED 221/2°ELBOW 165,1mm 6.500 2.00 3.5 3.13 4.3 (SEGMENT WELDED) (150) (165,1) (50.8) (1,6) (79,5) (2,0) 6 6.625 2.00 4.6 3.13 5.6 (150) (168,3) (50.8) (2,1) (79,5) (2,5) 8 8.625 2.00 8.7 3.88 11.1 (200) (219,1) (50,8) (3,9) (98,6) (5,0) 10 10.750 2.13 9.1 4.38 14.0 (250) (273,0) (54,1) (4,1) (111,3) (6,4) 12 12.750 2.25 16.7 4.88 22.0 (300) (323,9) (57,2) (7,6) (124,0) (10,0) FIGURE 12 FIGURES 211, 311, AND 511 FABRICATED ELBOWS AND FIGURES 212,312,AND 512 FABRICATED ELBOWS NOMINAL DIMENSIONS TFP1815 Page 20 of 26 Nominal Pipe Size Figures 391,392&393(1) Nominal Approx. —.--{ E to E ANSI Inches O.D.Inches E to E Weight (DN) (mm) Inches Lbs. - (mm) (kg) 1-1/4 1.660 4.00 0.8 (32) (42,4) (101,6) (0,4) FIGURE 391111 1-1/2 1.900 4.00 0.9 FABRICATED (40) (48,3) (101,6) (0,4) ADAPTER NIPPLE 2 2.375 4.00 1.2 GROOVE X MALE THREAD (50) (60,3) (101,6) (0,5) (MA) 2-1/2 2.875 4.00 1.9 ----.--1E to E 1---.— (65) (73,0) (101,6) (0,9) 76,1mm 3.000 4.00 1.9 (65) (76,1) (101,6) (0,9) 3 3.500 4.00 2.5 (80) (88,9) (101,6) (1,1) FIGURE 392(1) 4 4.500 6.00 5.5 FABRICATED (100) (114,3) (154,4) (2,5) ADAPTER NIPPLE GROOVE X GROOVE 139,7mm 5.500 6.00 5.6 (125) (139,7) (154,4) (2,5) ---1 E to E 5 5.563 6.00 7.4 (125) (141,3) (154,4) (3,4) 165,1mm 6.500 6.00 7.6 (150) (165,1) (154,4) (3,4) - 6 6.625 6.00 9.5 FIGURE 393(1) (150) (168,3) (154,4) (4,3) FABRICATED 8 8.625 6.00 14.2 ADAPTER NIPPLE (200) GROOVE X PLAIN (219,1) (154,4) (6,4) 10 10.750 8.00 27.0 (250) (273,0) (203,2) (12,2) 12 12.750 8.00 33.0 (300) (323,9) (203,2) (15,0) 1. Figure 391,Figure 392,and Figure 393 are not available for the EMEA market. FIGURE 13 FIGURES 391,392,AND 393 FABRICATED ADAPTER NIPPLES NOMINAL DIMENSIONS TFP1815 Page 21 of 26 O.D. Nominal Nominal Approx. ANSI Inches C to GE C to TE Weight Inches (DN) (mm) Inches Inches Lbs. II II } (mm) (mm) (kg CtoTE 5 x 5 x 8 5.563 x 5.563 x 8.625 13.313 9.313 27.8 (125 X 125 X 200) (141,3 x 141,3 x 219,1) (388,14) (236,55) (12,6) 6 x 6 x 8 6.625 x 6.625 x 8.625 13.313 8-3/4 36.7 (150 X 150 X 200) (168,3 x 168,3 x 219,1) (388,14) (222,25) (16,4) f�C to GE 1. Figure 507/50L not available for the EMEA market. FIGURE 14 FIGURE 507/50L FABRICATED BULLHEAD TEE NOMINAL DIMENSIONS O.D. Nominal Nominal Approx. ANSI Inches C to GE C to TE Weight - - C to TE Inches (DN) (mm) Inches Inches Lbs. (mm) (mm) (kg) 4 x 4 x 2-1/2 5.563 x 5.563 x 8.625 13.313 9.313 8.7 � r` (100 X 100 X 65) (141,3 x 141,3 x 219,1) (388,14) (236,55) (3,9) 6 x 6 x 2-1/2 6.625 x 6.625 x 8.625 13.313 8-3/4 13.7 f C to GE (150 X 50 X 65) (168,3 x 168,3 x 219,1) (388,14) (222,25) (6,2) 1. Figure 328 not available for the EMEA and APAC market. FIGURE 15 FIGURE 328 FABRICATED STANDPIPE TEE NOMINAL DIMENSIONS TFP1815 Page 22 of 26 Friction Resistance Nominal Pipe Size Elbows Elbows Tee(ff Tee ' 90° 45° Branch Run O.D. Feet Feet Feet Feet ANSI Inches Inches (m) (m) (m) (m) ' (DN) (mm) 1 1.31 1.3 0.8 3.7 1.3 (25) (33,4) (0,4) (0.3) (1,1) (0.6) 1-1/4 1.7 1.9 1.0 4.8 1.9 (32) (42,4) (0,6) (0,3) (1,5) (0,6) 1-1/2 1.9 2.3 1.2 5.8 2.3 (40) (48,3) (0,7) (0,4) (1,8) (0,7) 2 2.4 3.2 1.6 8.0 3.2 (50) (60,3) (1,0) (0,5) (2,5) (1,0) 2-1/2 2.9 3.9 2.0 9.8 3.9 (65) (73,0) (1,2) (0,6) (3,0) (1,2) - 3.0 4.1 2.1 10.3 4.1 (65) (76,1) (1,2) (0,6) (3,1) (1,2) 3 3.5 4.9 2.4 12.2 4.9 (80) (88,9) (1,5) (0,7) (3,7) (1,5) 4 4.5 6.5 3.3 16.3 6.5 (1 00) (114,3) (2,0) (1,0) (5,0) (2,0) - 5.5 8.0 4.1 20.0 8.0 (125) (139,7) (2,4) (1,3) (6,1) (2,4) 5 5.6 8.2 4.1 20.5 8.2 (125) (141,3) (2,5) (1,3) (6,3) (2,5) - 6.5 9.5 4.8 23.8 9.5 (150) (165,1) (2,9) (1,4) (7,2) (2,9) 6 6.6 9.9 5.0 24.8 9.9 (150) (168,3) (3,0) (1,5) (7,6) (3,0) 8 8.6 13.1 6.6 32.8 13.1 (200) (219,1) (4,0) (2,0) (10,0) (4,0) 10 10.8 16.5 8.3 41.3 16.5 (250) (273,0) (5,0) (2,5) (12,6) (5,0) 12 12.8 19.9 9.9 49.7 19.9 (300) (323,9) (6,1) (3,0) (15,1) (6,1) 1. For the reducing tee branches,use the value that is corresponding to the branch size. Example: For 8"x 8"x 2"tee,the branch value of 2"is 8.0 feet. For sizes not listed interpolate from the values shown. TABLE A FRICTION RESISTANCE FOR FIGURES 501,510,510DE AND 519 (EXPRESSED AS EQUIVALENT STRAIGHT PIPE) TFP1815 Page 23 of 26 Friction Resistance Nominal Pipe Size Elbows Elbows Tee* Tee 90° 45° Branch Run O.D. Feet Feet Feet Feet ANSI Inches Inches (m) (m) (m) (m) (DN) (mm) 2 2.4 3.5 1.6 8.0 3.2 (50) (60,3) (1,1) (0,5) (2,4) (1,0) 2-1/2 2.9 4.3 2.0 9.8 3.9 (65) (73,0) (1,3) (0,6) (3,0) (1,2) 3.0 4.3 2.1 10.3 4.1 (65) (76,1) (1,3) (0,6) (3,1) (1,2) 3 3.5 5.0 2.4 12.2 4.9 (80) (88,9) (1,5) (0,7) (3,7) (1,5) 4 4.5 6.7 3.3 16.3 6.5 (1 00) (114,3) (2,0) (1,0) (5,0) (2,0) - 5.5 8.3 4.1 20.0 8.0 (125) (139,7) (2,5) (1,2) (6,1) (2,4) 5 5.6 8.5 4.3 21.5 8.6 (125) (141,3) (2,5) (1,3) (6,5) (2,6) - 6.5 9.6 4.8 23.8 9.5 (150) (165,1) (2,9) (1,5) (7,3) (2,9) 6 6.6 10.0 5.0 24.8 9.9 (150) (168,3) (3,0) (1,5) (7,6) (3,0) 8 8.6 13.1 6.6 32.8 13.0 (200) (219,1) (4,0) (2,0) (10,0) (4,0) TABLE B FRICTION RESISTANCE FOR FIGURES 510S AND 519S (EXPRESSED AS EQUIVALENT LENGTH OF STRAIGHT SCHEDULE 40 STEEL PIPE) TFP1815 Page 24 of 26 Figure 501 Figure 510 Figure 519 Nominal Pipe Cast 45°Elbow Cast 90°Elbow Cast Tee Size psi psi psi bar bar bar Ansi O.D. Inches Inches UL FM VdS LPCB UL FM VdS LPCB UL FM VdS LPCB (DN) mm 1 1.31 (25) (33,4) - - - - - - - - - - - - 1-1/4 1.66365- - 365 365 232 290 - 365 232 290 (32) (42,4) (25,2) (25,2) (16,0) (20,0) (25,2) (16,0) (20,0) 1-1/2 1.90 _ - - - 365 365 232 290 - 365 232 290 (40) (48,3) (25,2) (25,2) (16,0) (20,0) (25,2) (16,0) (20,0) 2 2.37 365 365 232 290 365 365 232 290 365 365 232 290 (50) (60,3) (25,2) (25,2) (16,0) (20,0) (25,2) (25,2) (16,0) (20,0) (25,2) (25,2) (16,0) (20,0) 2-1/2 2.87 365 365365 365 365 365 (65) (73,0) (25,2) (25,2) - - (25,2) (25,2) - - (25,2) (25,2) - - 76,1mm 3.00 365 365 232 290 365 365 232 290 365 365 232 290 (65) (76,1) (25,2) (25,2) (16,0) (20,0) (25,2) (25,2) (16,0) (20,0) (25,2) (25,2) (16,0) (20,0) 3 3.50 365 365 232 290 365 365 232 290 365 365 232 290 (80) (88,9) (25,2) (25,2) (16,0) (20,0) (25,2) (25,2) (16,0) (20,0) (25,2) (25,2) (16,0) (20,0) 4 4.50 365 365 232 290 365 365 232 290 365 365 232 290 (100) (114,3) (25,2) (25,2) (16,0) (20,0) (25,2) (25,2) (16,0) (20,0) (25,2) (25,2) (16,0) (20,0) 139,1mm 5.50 365 365 232365 365 232 _ 365 365 232 _ (125) (139,7) (25,2) (25,2) (16,0) (25,2) (25,2) (16,0) (25,2) (25,2) (16,0) - 5 5.56 _ 365 - - _ 365 _ - _ 365 _ - (125) (141,3) (25,2) (25,2) (25,2) 165,1mm 6.50 365 365 _ 290 365 365 - 290 365 365 - 290 (150) (165,1) (25,2) (25,2) (20,0) (25,2) (25,2) (20,0) (25,2) (25,2) (20,0) 6 6.63 365 365 232 290 365 365 232 290 365 365 232 290 (150) (168,3) (25,2) (25,2) (16,0) (20,0) (25,2) (25,2) (16,0) (20,0) (25,2) (25,2) (16,0) (20,0) 8 8.63 365 365 232 290 365 365 232 290 365 365 232 290 (200) (219,1) (25,2) (25,2) (16,0) (20,0) (25,2) (25,2) (16,0) (20,0) (25,2) (25,2) (16,0) (20,0) 10 10.75 (250) (273,0) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 12 12.75 (300) (323,9) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ TABLE C FIGURE 501 AND FIGURE 510 CAST ELBOWS,AND 519 CAST TEE LISTED/APPROVED PRESSURE RATING TFP1815 Page 25 of 26 Figure 260 Figure 510S Figure 519S Nominal Pipe Cast End Cap Cast 90°Elbow Cast Tee Size psi psi psi bar bar bar Ansi O.D. Inches Inches UL FM VdS LPCB UL FM VdS LPCB UL FM VdS LPCB (DN) (mm) 1 1.31 500 _ _ - - - _ _ _ _ (25) (33,4) (34,5) - 1-1/4 1.66 500 500 - - - _ - - - - - - (32) (42,4) (34,5) (34,5) 1-1/2 1.90 500 500 _ _ - - - - - - - - (40) (48,3) (34,5) (34,5) 2 2.37 500 500 _ _ 365 365 232 290 365 365 232 290 (50) (60,3) (34,5) (34,5) (25,2) (25,2) (16,0) (20,0) (25,2) (25,2) (16,0) (20,0) 2-1/2 2.87 500 500 _ - 365 365 _ _ 365 365 _ _ (65) (73,0) (34,5) (34,5) (25,2) (25,2) (25,2) (25,2) 76,1mm 3.00 500 500 _ _ 365 365 232 290 365 365 - 290 (65) (76,1) (34,5) (34,5) (25,2) (25,2) (16,0) (20,0) (25,2) (25,2) (20,0) 3 3.50 500 500 _ _ 365 365 232 290 365 365 232 290 (80) (88,9) (34,5) (34,5) (25,2) (25,2) (16,0) (20,0) (25,2) (25,2) (16,0) (20,0) 4 4.50 500 500 _ _ 365 365 232 290 365 365 232 290 (100) (114,3) (34,5) (34,5) (25,2) (25,2) (16,0) (20,0) (25,2) (25,2) (16,0) (20,0) 139,1mm 5.50 500 500 _ _ 365 365 232 _ 365 365 232 _ (125) (139,7) (34,5) (34,5) (25,2) (25,2) (16,0) (25,2) (25,2) (16,0) 5 5.56 500 500 _ _ _ 365 _ - _ 365 _ - (125) (141,3) (34,5) (34,5) (25,2) (25,2) 165,1mm 6.50 500 500 _ - 365 365 - - 365 365 - - (150) (165,1) (34,5) (34,5) (25,2) (25,2) (25,2) (25,2) 6 6.63 500 500365 365 232 290 365 365 232 290 - - (150) (168,3) (34,5) (34,5) (25,2) (25,2) (16,0) (20,0) (25,2) (25,2) (16,0) (20,0) 8 8.63 500 500 _ _ 365 365 232 290 365 365 232 290 (200) (219,1) (34,5) (34,5) (25,2) (25,2) (16,0) (20,0) (25,2) (25,2) (16,0) (20,0) 10 10.75 500 500 _ _ _ _ _ _ (250) (273,0) (34,5) (34,5) 12 12.75 500 500 _ _ _ _ _ _ (300) (323,9) (34,5) (34,5) TABLE D FIGURE 260 CAST END CAP,FIGURE 510S CAST ELBOW,AND FIGURE 519S CAST TEE LISTED/APPROVED PRESSURE RATING TFP1815 Page 26 of 26 Nominal Pipe ADACAP Size psi bar Inches x NPT UL FM VdS LPCB (DN) 1-1/2 x 1/2 300 300 (40) (20,7) (20,7) — — 1-1/2 x 3/4 300 300 (40) (20,7) (20,7) — — 1-1/2 x 1 300 300 (40) (20,7) (20,7) — — 2 x 1/2 300 300 (50) (20,7) (20,7) — — 2 x 3/4 300 300 (50) (20,7) (20,7) — — 2 x 1 300 300 (50) (20,7) (20,7) — — 2-1/2 x 1/2 300 300 (65) (20,7) (20,7) — — 2-1/2 x 3/4 300 300 (65) (20,7) (20,7) — — 2-1/2 x 1 300 300 (65) (20,7) (20,7) — — TABLE E ADACAP LISTED/APPROVED PRESSURE RATING Ordering Procedure GRINNELL Products are available glob- ally through a network of distribution centers.For the nearest distributor,visit www.grinnell.com. When placing an order, indicate the full product name. Please specify the quantity, figure number,wall thickness,and size. GLOBAL HEADQUARTERS 1 1400 Pennbrook Parkway,Lansdale,PA 194461 Telephone+1-215-362-0700 Copyright©2016 Tyco Fire Products,LP. All rights reserved. Vico 'f Fire Protection Products Print Page 2 of 3 90° ELBOW ANVIL: sPFrty Ductile Iron MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Ductile iron threaded fittings ore UL& ULC Listed & FM Approved for 500 psi service. Ductile iron per ASTM A536 Class 65-45.12. Dimensions conform to ASML 816.3 Threads are NPT per ANSI/ASME 81.20.1. NOTICE:Ductile iron fittings hare higher bens&strength than that of steel pipe.Therefore,over tightening con cause dortxoge to pipe threods which troy cause leakage.Ductile iron fittings should be tightened three turns beyond hand tight,but no mare than bur turns. c®NS 'C" Ui1T APPROVED 9t1' ELBOW re' +hrgyne l;S$ vas . vtsr ar wade�o at,rw+e, _ « _. ►n &' Sans lincnoorotton Nominal Size Max.Working Dimensions Approx. Pressure. ®® Wt.Each NZ= PSI IAPc? in fit* chs. r,— 500 130 1,50{f 0.62 1G 500MIMI 0.90 � r 1 tr „ ' 1 500 1,94 Ell 1.20 500 1.55 A-Workihtg Pressure Ratings ore far reference only and based on Sch,Ott pipe.For the latest ULJULC ed FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule..please visit(=Ant corn or contact your local Anvil Representative. http://www.anvilintl.com/productsearch/PrintProduct.aspx?lid=4257 4/19/2013 Print Page 2 of 3 CAP Ductile Iron MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Ductile iron threaded fittings are LH.& ULC Listed & FM Approved for 500 psi service: Ductile iron per ASTM A536 Class 65-45-12. Dimensions conform to ASME B16.14 Threads ore NPT per ANSI/ASME B1.20.1. NOTICE:Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe.Therefore,o'er tightening can canoe damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage.Ductile iron fittings should be tightened three turns beyond bond rigto,but no mare than lour/ems eget 'CO' MR APPROVED FD,1.06trgS,449,-04 Canada and tandaatan CAPk.tsa ow*abaft at eaan anatand o.dat owlets n Aroffl,5itt*A litadannrAina M .Working Dimension Approx. Nominal Size Pressure.. A WIEach (mm) ?t1 fkilW k(MO i (kg) 1 500 1,16 032 A 500 1,28 043 1 500 1,33 0.60 2 500 IA5 0.91 Pressure Ratings ore for reference only and based on$ch,40 pipe For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings vanes pipe schedule.please visit arwAintteorn of confect your local Anvil Representative. http://www.anvilintl.com/productsearch/PrintProduct.aspx?lid=4259 4/19/2013 1 Print Page 2 of 3 REDUCING 900 ELBOW .(7),AVAVILIr..; SPF/FINr.ryi:, Ductile Iron MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Ductile iron threaded fittings are LK& ULC Listed & / I FM Approved for 500 psi service. - - Ductile iron per ASTM A536 Class 65-45-12. . 494 .., Dimensions conform to ASME B16.3 Threads ore NPT per ANSI/ASME B1.20.1. _. . -•--- NOTICE:Ductile iron fittings hare higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe.Therefore,aver tightening can rouse damage to pipe Creeds which may cause leakoge.Ductile iron fittings should be tightened three turns beyond hand tight,but no mare than 6..r kens. ego 103› WED APPROVE° r 0,thx.-93.okipp7,4 Dakaas and lmaatata-a REDUCING90' ELBOW vssA av',abaft at onft.arnrarti corn or coliaci an.11",r Salaa liscrowattra, Max.Working Dimensions Approx. Nominal Size Pressures A 8 Wt.Each In Onn0 19 ON in.WO 1n,(alni Lk,(kg) 1 it i't 500 L26 1,36 0.44 25 x 15 2451) 3700 34 54 4 s' 1 X V4 500 1.37 1,45 032 ,--9--.1 1 ,,,;:',;•713141 11 114 x16 500 134 1.53 044 32x 1.5 14550 ;c 88 nix% 500 1.45 1.62 012 A k4.7. 11.t1,11-79., ' 32x 20 3450 3: 4' j4 C33 .±..... osim.gxe 11/4x 1 500 138 1.67 015 3. 25 3450 40)3 47,4, 0.34 Li x 1 500 1.65 Lae 0.92 25 .1' .1 4;9 I 43)2 1)42 11/2x114 500 1.82 1, ; 1.08 4,. .1 i,,,,.. ....'4; 2 x Si 500 1,49 1,;: 1.08 50x 15 2431) 3., 4712 2 AY4 500 1.60 1,97 1.24 50x 70 2450 40.44 50,03 2 x 1 500 1.73 2,02 1.40 SO A 75 345.0 43 94 2i 11/4 500 1.90 2.10 132 50x 32 3430 48.24 23.34 016 2 x Ph 500 2.02 2.16 1.65 50 40 34.0 5 .30 3 4 86 A••Woking Pressure Potreo are fat referente only and based on Sch.40 pipe.For the law ULJULC. and FM pressure ratings versus passe schedule,please visit ortvilintare or contact your local Anvil Itefnesentative _ . http://www.anvilintl.com/productsearch/PrintProduct.aspx?lid=4262 4/19/2013 Print Page 2 of 3 REDUCING COUPLING z ANVIL CsPFra Ductile Iron MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Ductile iron threaded fittings are UL& ULC Listed & FM Approved for 500 psi service. Ductile iron per ASTM A536 Class 6545-12. Dimensions conform to ASME B16.3 Threads ore NPT per ANSI/ASME B1,20.1. NOTICE:Ductile iron timings have higher tensile strength than that d steal • pipe.Therefore,over hOssening con cause dOnIOge ba pipe threads which may cause Ieoko9e.Ductile iron fittings should be tightened three turns beyond hand tight,but no mare than four turns. c®rs LIMO APPAOM txthngsqkprrvai Dattos amt o REDUCING COUPLING rpMa livallata at Iowa,a,Me41 corn c. � ro u.tY en ArVir Saler neg+t oul,.. (#amino(Size Max.working Dimensions Approx. Pressure. Wt.fork to(moil PSI fklb) lbs.40) 04 t3.39 A MEM 11111111 MEI 504 1.69 0,53 1 Li ♦—Working Pressure RcFings ore tor reference only and hosed on Sch.40 pipe.For the loess UUUIC, and FM pressure ratings versos pipe schedule.please visit anvilinthcons or contact your local Anvil Representative.. http://www.anvilintl.com/productsearch/PrintProduct.aspx?lid=4263 4/19/2013 Print Page 2 of 3 REDUCING TEE SPF/FINVIL .1J1° Ductile Iron _. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS t "-. ' ' , Ductile iron threaded fittings ore UL& ULC Listed & C r , - -I FM Approved for 500 psi service. i Ductile iron per ASTM A536 Class 65-45-12, Dimensions conform to ASME B16.3 14-A-04--B-.I Threads are NET per ANSI/ASME B 1..20.1. REDUCING TEE NOTICE:Decide irars fittings hams higher tensile strength than thot of steel pipe.Therefore,over tightening On cause demsage to pipe threads which Max. INirn cations may lise leakage.Ductile iron fittings should be tightened three turns Nominal Site Working , itypprox. bey-and hand tight but no mare than lour turns. Pressure* A B C I.Loch Al(arn) PSI NW h19.frarn) to.0rim3 it(rtvti) Lbs.fie US= APPROVED lx..11 X 1 500 1,50 1.36 1,50 0,64 Fot osn-r:ts Amor*DePor rts/onanikrrs is/i5/2.3 3450 304 34.54 36,IV 0 25 mit OW weevil*at owitanWre wn a oroust.s an Arve 5a#.4Rppoetorralret 1x3/4x1 500 1.50 145 1.50 0.73 25 20 25 354‘00 36,10 36 f3 35,40 0 xi REDUCING TEE lx1x1i 1.26 1.26 1.36 0.11 755.5•75x./3 ,01 ,PCV 034 1,f 6 1x1114 x1 13 1.45 Max. Dimensions Approx. 25x 7 20 4 4 81 4so 0 34 Nominal Size Working WI,Loch L..; Pressure* A 8 ( 25 A 2$z 37 3450 434 42'3i" ., 144 1 x 1 x 1% SOO 1.80 1.80 1.65 1.16 En.Ortirti P53(kh) fit 0mW irt.(mm) h.OW, fil AO 75 05740 Y 4').., 75,i., , 053 ., 110115® 1.52 ' 1.52 1.75 1.24 1¼x1 x14 500 1,34 1.26 1.53 0.82 345,: 33.• 36.61 : 4445 , 055 32 7(25 5 15 3438 34.04 37.00 3- 03? 1 ,x11,51 500 1.65 us 1.: 1.3i 114x 1x yi 500 1.45 137 1.62 0.90 4,491 41.91 ' 4.5/2 0.59 35325, .3450 36813 3410 , 1 ' i. xl .xi 1 500 1.82 1.82 1.l.: 1.48 114x 1 x 1 500 1.58 1.50 1.67 1,00 . ,,,, ..-- 46_73 46.23 43/5 06? , 3725,2.) 34 57. 4" :I&tO y 4.8 42 ; Lit 11/4 x 2 SOO 2.16 2.16 2.02 1.98 11/4x 1 x114 500 1.75 1.67 1.75 1.08 ,',,,J 7 40 x 50 3417 5435 .„, 54.83 3)30 , 090 3?x 25 Y 3? 3450 44,,,4 .4*ifl., 44 4c 7 x 1 x 2 500 2.25 2.02 2,25 2.15 lIVizlxl% 500 1. 1 1.87 1.47 .50 23 d"50 3453 5/)5 "1 7' 4/.14.- ,.. 0,93 .. 32525540 ;; 8775 45 72 4. 2x 114x2 500 2.25 2.10 2.25 2,30 114 x 1Y4x 1,i 500 1)4 -1.34 " 133 0.86 4.5,32x 5 .7.!50 57 .; ;4 - 57 15 184 32 5 325 15 35, _4 04 36.86 .17 i x 11/2 x ' 500 1.49 1,41 1.88 1,50 1%x 1%x 4i 500 ' 1.45 1.45 1.62 0.92 50740515 , 7450 37 85 , 3i81 4,7 73 32732770 -.....33 36.83 1=1.83 4 l l3 .., 2119$xfii 500 1.60 1.52 1.97 t'.66 1'Ax 11/4x 1 SOO 138 138 1.67 0.95 507 40.5 26 2450 40 84 013 32x 32 1?:.., 3450 40.13 45):3 4243 2 xllix1 500 1.73 1,65 2.02 1.64 lYtx 11/4x111. SOO U) 1.88 1.82 1,45 50i 40 3 25 3450 , 4364 32'1*32 1 : '„' .. 81-15 . '' 46-22 ": 2.x 11/4x 11/4 500 ' 1.90 - 182 2.10 1.80 1',/ix1Y4x 2 500 2.10 2,10 1.90 1.75 50 40 x 37 3450 4628 8523 .:34 32 532.7 33 . 53,34 33 '4 2 x1Iiix 114 500 2.02 1.94 2.16 2.00 11ix1x4 500 1.41 1.34 1.66 0.95 ,7 40 7 41 3450 5' . , 13 ,455 091 405 25 7.15 ; 35 3il 34 0' 42 ii, L7 43 2x11ix2 500 2.25 2.16 225 2.35 154ix1x% 500 152 1,37 1.75 1,14 i'IA;9%,'5, , 77150 5 54$ 40)(2 ,70 ' 5161 34 843 4: 2X2XVi 500 1 A9 1.49 1.0 l'Irx 1 x 1 500 163 1.50 180 1.17 55x JA:1" 2430 57 33 27 1.60 58 41. 5 73 ' ' 45 72 0 53 lx'x11 541 1.61 1.61 1. 7 1,6) I:.x 1 x I , 500 182 1.61 1. 8 .34 50,50 1 70 2450 40 84 , 4054 50 04 'US 43211 5,-, 4715 061 2.x 2 x 1 500 1.73 1.73 2.02 1.85 11/2x 1 x 1'.,6 500 1.94 1.80 194 1.45 5,3, 0 i 25 ?4'0 4,3 4394 513) 084 40 x2.51 40 4, . 49.78 1 6,, ' 2X2X1V4 500 1.90 190 ' 2. 0 2.04 1/2 x11/4 x14 500 IA 1 1.34 1.66 1.05 505 50 A 32 3450 44 43 42.42 44 45 093 ' 1. 355*. ,.'. 51 42 14 . , ,", 2 x 2x11/2 500 2.02 7 2.02 2.16 2.18 , 114x114x14 500 132 1.45 1.75 '.1.? 507 505 48 3450 44 454142 J44•':,. 0 99 40 y 325 20 54172 3.M 34,83 - "4' , ' 2x2 x214 500 2.60 ' 2.60 2.3'7 3.61 114x114x1 SOO 1.65 1.58 1.80. 1.25507 50 A 35 3430 44 45 47 3 188 114_32 x22 354d 43 83 : :: 2',,,:ix 2 xY4 ,clo, 1.74 160 2.32 2.28 14 x lleix 2 2.16 2.10 2.02 1,90 ,4,, 5 37 r 31.3' t4031, 5 4 68 5:4/3 5: 5; i 3: A-Watkins Pressure Ratingz aro for reference only wd rind baan Sch 40 pipe For Ole X 155x telt .; 1.41 1.41 ' 1.16 1.15 loco ke.An.c.0.K1 FM pressure men...9s versus pipe seisedute,picas*visit onvrhoticorn or ' '/J :3455 ., '3:; " •77:'' tbetioci your beat Mroi Representortixe. http://www.anvilintl.cona/productsearch/PrintProduct.aspx?lid=4264 4/19/2013 Print Page 2 of 3 STRAIGHT TEE ob.• 4:CPF/RNVL-D')) Ductile Iron MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Ductile iron threaded Wings are UI& ULC Listed & FM Approved for 500 psi service. Ductile iron per ASTM A536 Class 65-45-12. Dimensions conform to ASME B16.3 Threads ore NPT per ANSI/ASME B1.20.1. NOTICE:Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe.Therefore,over lightening can cone damage to pipe fiterards which may cause leakage.Ductile iron finings should be tightened three turns beyond hand liglst,but no more than lour turns, C®e• 42> WM APPROVED For tnaroiOnotoofal Conais old latOotoro STRAIGHTTEE Osit our onotona at wirwarnikne Don Cf =goof on hoot Siboo Rocoolonlanoo Max'Working Dimensions Approx. Nominal Size Pressure," A 11 Wt.Each firim) PSI IA) IiMvo.1 et ORO Um kg 1 500 1.50 130 0.85 B lCr 35 1.0 0 39 500 111= 11111111111111 1.55 1111111111111 A A 1111111 15(Xjc`i 111=1111111116/11 A-Working Pressure flanngs are for reference only and basal an WI 40 pipe For the lain*UL/ULC, and FM pressure rOting$versus pew schedule,please visit orrelintl.coni or contact your locol Anvil Reprelenlolive. http://www.anvilintl.com/productsearch/PrintProduct.aspx?lid=4393 4/19/2013 t'Ljf1 'I Worldwide www'tyco-fire.com Fire Protection Contacts Products Nitsoi, BLAZEMASTER CPVC Fire Sprinkler Pipe & Fittings Submittal Sheet General Technical Description Data TYCO CPVC Pipe and Fittings pro- Sizes duced by Tyco Fire Protection Prod- 3/4 Inch thru 3 Inch „T . ucts (TFPP) are designed exclusively Maximum Working Pressure for use in wet pipe automatic fire 175 psi ' sprinkler systems. The TYCO CPVC Approvals , Pipe and Fittings are produced from UL and C-UL Listed BLAZEMASTER CPVC compound FM Approved that is a specially developed thermo- LPCB Approved }- plastic compound composed of post NSF Certified - a chlorinated polyvinyl chloride (CPVC) MEA Approved - resin and state of the art additives. City of Los Angeles �^ TYCO CPVC Pipe and Fittings are (Refer to Installation Handbook IH-1900 ,.= r, ,!,10. easier to install than traditional steel dated June 2008 for exact listing/approval information) pipe systems, and at the same time, . provide superior heat resistance and Manufacture Source Installation strength as compared to traditional U.S.A. TYCO CPVC Pipe and Fittings are to CPVC and PVC piping materials used Material be to be installed in accordance with in the plumbing trade. Various adapt- Pipe: Installation Handbook IH-1900 dated ers are available to connect CPVC ASTM F442,SDR 13.5 April 2016. pipe to metallic piping.All female pipe Fittings: thread adapters have brass inserts for ASTM F438(Sch.40) durability. Grooved adapters connect ASTM F439(Sch.80) directly to grooved end valves and ASTM F1970 metallic pipe,with flexible grooved end Color couplings. Orange NOTICE The CPVC Pipe and Fittings produced with BLAZEMASTER CPVC compound described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document and with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protec- tion Association (NFPA), in addition to the standards of any authorities having jurisdiction.Failure to do so may impair the performance of these devices. The owner is responsible for main- taining their fire protection system and devices in proper operating con- dition. Contact the installing contrac- tor or product manufacturer with any questions. Page 1 of 2 APRIL 2016 TFP1915 TFP1915 Page 2 of 2 Care and Limited Maintenance Warranty TYCO CPVC Pipe and Fittings are to be For warranty terms and conditions,visit maintained and serviced in accordance www.tyco-fire.com with this section. Before closing a fire protection system control valve for inspection or main- tenance work on the fire protection system that it controls, permission to shut down the affected fire protection system must first be obtained from the proper authorities and all person- nel who may be affected by this action must be notified. After placing a fire protection system in service,notify the proper authorities and advise those responsible for moni- toring proprietary and/or central station alarms. The owner is responsible for the inspec- tion, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and de-vices in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protection Associa- tion (e.g., NFPA 25), in addition to the standards of any authority having juris- diction.Contact the installing contrac- tor or product manufacturer with any questions. Automatic sprinkler systems should be inspected,tested,and maintained by a qualified Inspection Service in accor- dance with local requirements and/or national codes. GLOBAL HEADQUARTERS 1 1400 Pennbrook Parkway,Lansdale,PA 194461 Telephone+1-215-362-0700 Copyright©2016 Tyco Fire Products,LP. All rights reserved. Vico BLAZEMASTER is a trademark of The Lubrizol Corporation. Fire Protection Products tijCnWorldwide Fire Protection Contacts www.tyco-fire.com Products Model CV-1F Grooved End Swing Check Valves General The owner is responsible for main- taining their fire protection system 44 Description and devices in proper operating con- dition. Contact the installing contrac- The TYCO Model CV-1F Grooved End tor or product manufacturer with any • Swing Check Valves are compact questions. + and rugged swing-type units that Technical allow water flow in one direction and prevent flow in the opposite direction. A resilient elastomer seal facing on the Data spring-loaded clapper ensures a leak- tight seal and non-sticking operation. Approvals The Model CV-1 F Check Valves are Compliance with CE Pressure designed to minimize water hammer Equipment Directive(PED)and caused by flow reversal. Standards of Engineering Practice The Model CV-1F Grooved End Swing • 2 to 12 Inch(DN50 to DN300): U1 C U1 Check Valves are furnished with UL and C-UL Listed, FM Approved, grooved ends and can be installed Bureau Veritas APPROVED using GRINNELL Grooved Couplings • 2-1/2 to 10 Inch(DN65 to DN250): or GRINNELL Figure 71 Flange Adapt- VdS Approved ers. The Model CV-1F Check Valves VdS Certificate No. G4060018 have been designed with a removable a�a cover for ease of field maintenance. Sizes For fire protection pressure rating, These valves can be installed horizon- 2 to 12 Inch(DN50 to DN300) listing and approval information,contact tally(with cover in the upward position) your TYCO representative. Maximum Working Pressure or vertically with the flow in the upward UL/direction(Ref. Figure 3). - bar300 psi(20,7 bar) VdS- 16 bar Installation VdS- A check valve maintenance kit is avail- Valve Assembly Finish The Model CV-1F Grooved End Swing able to allow backflushing through a Red, non-lead paint Check Valves are to be installed in fire department connection without accordance with this section: removing the Model CV-1F Grooved End Swing Check Valve from the riser. Step 1. The arrow cast on the body Refer to technical data sheet TFP1555. must point in the direction of the flow. Model CV-1F is a re-designation for Step 2. Valves installed vertically Central Figure 590F and GRINNELL must be positioned with the flow in the Figure 590F Grooved End Swing Check upward direction. Valves. Step 3. Valves installed horizontally must be positioned with the cover NOTICE facingup(Ref. Figure 3. 9 ) The TYCO Model CV-1F Grooved End Step 4. Grooved end pipe couplings Swing Check Valves described herein used with the Model CV-1F Grooved must be installed and maintained in End Swing Check Valves must be compliance with this document and installed in accordance with manufac- with the applicable standards of the turer's instructions. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), in addition to the standards Note:Valves should be installed a rea- of any authorities having jurisdiction. sonable distance downstream from Failure to do so may impair the perfor- pumps, elbows, expanders, reducers, mance of these devices, or other similar devices to extend the Never remove any piping component valve life.Standard piping practices call nfora minimum of five(5)times the pipe or correct or modify any piping defi- ciencies without first de-pressurizing diameter for general use. and draining the system. Failure to do so may result in serious personal injury, property damage, and/or impaired device performance. Page 1 of 6 FEBRUARY 2016 TFP1550 TFP1550 Page 2 of 6 Nominal Dimensions Nominal Pipe Size Inch Cover (mm) Bolt Approx. Torque Weight Valve Size Pipe O.D. Lbs.-ft. Lbs. Inch Inch A B C D E F J (Nm) (kg) (DN) (mm) 2 2.37 6.75 1.96 1.96 2.57 3.25 4.75 1.62 18 9.0 (50) (60,3) (171,5) (49,8) (49,8) (65,3) (82,3) (120,7) (41,5) (25) (4,5) 2-1/2 2.88 8.00 5.38 2.63 3.09 3.87 5.87 1.63 39 10.0 (65) (73,0) (203,2) (136,7) (66,7) (78,5) (98,3) (149,1) (41,7) (54) (4,5) 76,1 mm 3.00 8.00 5.38 2.63 3.09 3.87 5.87 1.63 39 10.0 (65) (76,1) (203,2) (136,7) (66,7) (78,5) (98,3) (149,1) (41,7) (54) (4,5) 3 3.50 8.37 5.72 2.81 3.31 3.87 5.87 1.63 39 11.0 (80) (88,9) (212,6) (145,3) (71,4) (84,1) (98,3) (149,1) (41,7) (54) (5,0) 4 4.50 9.63 6.68 3.80 3.63 4.53 7.13 1.84 50 25.0 (100) (114,3) (244,6) (169,7) (96,5) (92,2) (115,4) (181,1) (46,7) (69) (11,3) 139,7 mm 5.50 10.50 7.40 4.46 4.13 4.90 7.50 1.75 39 29.0 (125) (139,7) (266,7) (188,0) (113,3) (104,9) (124,5) (190,5) (44,5) (54) (13,2) 5 5.56 10.50 7.40 4.46 4.13 4.90 7.50 1.75 39 29.0 (125) (141,3) (266,7) (188,0) (113,3) (104,9) (124,5) (190,5) (44,5) (54) (13,2) 165,1 mm 6.50 11.50 8.00 4.62 4.50 5.00 7.60 1.85 60 47.0 (150) (165,1) (292,1) (203,2) (117,3) (114,3) (127,0) (193,0) (47,0) (82) (21,3) 6 6.63 11.50 8.00 4.62 4.50 5.00 7.60 1.85 60 47.0 (150) (168,3) (292,1) (203,2) (117,3) (114,3) (127,0) (193,0) (47,0) (82) (21,3) 8 8.63 14.00 10.14 6.67 5.52 5.46 8.46 2.13 120 66.0 (200) (219,1) (355,6) (257,8) (169,4) (140,2) (138,7) (214,9) (54,1) (164) (29,9) 10 10.75 18.00 12.38 8.62 6.41 7.50 10.50 3.00 130 109.7 (250) (273,1) (457,2) (314,5) (218,9) (162,8) (190,5) (266,7) (76,2) (178) (49,4) 12 12.75 21.00 14.28 9.93 7.27 7.62 10.62 2.75 130 151.0 (300) (323,9) (533,4) (362,7) (252,2) (184,7) (193,5) (269,7) (69,9) (178) (68,0) - B — — A .. o .1.I I•I Arl-7f .. ilk.,), II 0 4mO.D. iii D Oa �� 1/2" — — NPT 1/2" — j f NPT E — F - FIGURE 1 MODEL CV-1F GROOVED END SWING CHECK VALVES NOMINAL DIMENSIONS Care and system from the proper authorities of the National Fire Protection Associa- and notify all personnel who may be tion (e.g., NFPA 25), in addition to the Maintenance affected by this decision. standards of any authority having juris- After placing a fire protection system diction.Contact the installing contrac The TYCO Model CV-1 F Grooved End in service,notify the proper authorities tor or product manufacturer with any Swing Check Valves must be main- and advise those responsible for moni- questions. Any impairments must be tained and serviced in accordance with toring proprietary and/or central station immediately corrected. this section. alarms. Automatic sprinkler systems are rec- Before closing a fire protection system The owner is responsible for the ommended to be inspected, tested, main control valve for maintenance inspection,testing,and maintenance of and maintained by a qualified Inspec- work on the fire protection system their fire protection system and devices tion Service in accordance with local that it controls, obtain permission to in compliance with this document, as requirements and/or national codes. shut down the affected fire protection well as with the applicable standards TFP1550 Page 3 of 6 No. Part Material Qty. No. Part Material Qty. No. Part Material Qty. 1 BodyDuctile Iron 1 6 ClapperEPDM Stainless FacingGrade"E" 1 14 Locknut Steel 1 2 Cover Ductile Iron 1 7 Spring Stainless 1 15 Plug Cast Iron 2 Steel 1/2" NPT 3 Cover Gasket Nitrile 1 8 Hinge Shaft Stainless 1 16 Adhesive Thread AR Rubber Steel Sealer 4 Hex Cap Screw Steel, AR 9 Retaining Ring Stainless AR 17 Nameplate Aluminum 1 Zinc Plated Steel Clapper,2"-8" Stainless 11 Retention Bolt Stainless 1 18 Rivet Steel 2 5 (DN50-200) Steel 1 Steel Clapper, 10"-12" Ductile Iron 13 Retaining Disc Stainless 1 19 Spacer Stainless 1 (DN250-300) Steel Steel 8 4,16 18 17 9 :I'1I!�1111101111111ur�' 5 8 11'll�lllllIIIIlllll�llullIlll ■■ ■■ 2 SEE .l .,-- 9 VIEW A /�����4 2 7 r �� 2" 8" 2 10"-12" 7 5 11,1M7.411 3 „`+"``,`� / .._ELN `"+_- (DN50-DN200) VIEW A (DN250 DN300) (I) 13 i 13 SEE / \ i'11,16 ID _ DETAIL B 11 1 I f 1 14 16 /M ■ ,I /MA I llffllIl 1 \• \\\\\\ ,, 15 2"-8" 5 10"-12" 6 (DN50-DN200) (DN250-DN300) DETAIL B FIGURE 2 MODEL CV-1F GROOVED END SWING CHECK VALVES ASSEMBLY FLOW RATE IN LITERS PER MINUTE(LPM) (1 GPM=3,785 LPM) 500 700 1000 2000 3000 5000 7000 10000 20000 30000 50000 5.ci 'llI iul, 1 nl ' 11J:/1I I l ( ll I III1JU11l.l 11'I I l 1 ' ll). J llll hili III o h �����- - 0,30 4.0 �o IIIIIIIINIIIIIIIIIIIMMMIMIMINIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIW ' ' 3, 4.1111 . �� W •Z ? p a a 3.0 UZ p p2^o �-� I� 0,20 m 0Z N ti U� `O= 4t)I„ ,, � _ Z _ �h a ww t�/ M =V? O o Om m m 2.0 j �— D co0 CC ora i g / . 9. S �`�' moo `0,10 uu)o J aw =U O O= 0,09 w n z� w/ V� -0,08 au) 1.0 / 2 ?V --007 J o- O 0.9 0 <- 28 -- 2d 0.8 I 4v _0,06 ? 0.7 _-7 -0,05 z 0.6 0,04 0.5 / / 100 200 300 400 600 1000 2000 3000 4000 6000 10000 15000 FLOW RATE IN GALLONS PER MINUTE(GPM) GRAPH A MODEL CV-1F GROOVED END SWING CHECK VALVES NOMINAL PRESSURE LOSS VS.FLOW TFP1550 Page 4 of 6 Valve Size Pipe O.D. Inch Inch Part Number (DN) (mm) 2 2.37 59-590-0-020 (50) (60,3) 2-1/2 2.88 59-590-0-025 (65) (73,0) 76,1 mm 3.00 59-590-0-076 (65) (76,1) 3 3.50 59-590-0-030 (80) (88,9) 4 4.50 59-590-0-040 (100) (114,3) 139,7 mm 5.50 59-590-0-139 (125) (139,7) 5 5.56 (125) (141,3) 59-590-0-050 165,1 mm 6.50 59-590-0-165 (150) (165,1) 6 6.63 59-590-0-060 (150) (168,3) 8 8.63 59-590-0-080 (200) (219,1) 10 10.75 59-590-0-100 (250) (273,1) 12 12.75 59-590-0-120 (300) (323,9) TABLE A MODEL CV-1F GROOVED END SWING CHECK VALVES PART NUMBER SELECTION Valve Size Pipe O.D. Cover Gasket Part Number Clapper Facing Part Number Clapper Assembly Part Number Inch Inch (DN) (mm) Americas Only EMEA/APAC Americas Only EMEA/APAC Americas Only EMEA/APAC 2 2.37 (50) (60,3) 595907020 97670501 59020EPDM 59020EPDM 97670201A 97670201 2-1/2 2.88 595907030 97561801 59025EPDME 59025EPDM 97562801A 97562065 (65) (73,0) 76,1 mm 3.00 595907030 97561801 59025EPDME 59025EPDM — 97562801 (65) (76,1) 3 3.50 595907030 97561801 59030EPDME 59030EPDM 97562201A 97562201 (80) (88,9) 4 4.50 595907040 97512001 59040EPDME 59040EPDM 97549001A 97549001 (100) (114,3) 139,7 mm 5.50 595907040 97512001 59050EPDME 59050EPDM — 97565501 (125) (139,7) 5 5.56 595907040 97512001 59050EPDME 59050EPDM 97565501A 97562125 (125) (141,3) 165,1 mm 6.50 595907060 97521801 59060EPDME 59060EPDM — 97524101 (150) (165,1) 6 6.63 595907060 97521801 59060EPDME 59060EPDM 97524101A 97562150 (150) (168,3) 8 (200) (2191) 595907080 97547901 59080EPDME 59080EPDM 97592201A 97592201 10 10.75 595907100 97600001 59100EPDM 59100EPDM 97598001A 97598001 (250) (273,1) 12 12.75 595907120 97600002 59120EPDM 59120EPDM 97647701A 97647701 (300) (323,9) TABLE B MODEL CV-1F GROOVED END SWING CHECK VALVES REPLACEMENT VALVE PARTS PART NUMBER SELECTION TFP1550 Page 5 of 6 OUTLET Limited Ordering Warranty Procedure e' O For warranty terms and conditions,visit Contact your local distributor for avail- COVER .I I o f www.tyco-fire.com. ability.When placing an order,indicate o(� the full product name and Part Number (P/N). Model CV-1F Check Valve INLET Specify: Model CV-1F Grooved End VERTICAL ORIENTATION Swing Check Valve, size (specify), P/N(specify per Table A) COVER FLOW Replacement Valve Parts y Refer to Figure 2 to identify Parts. 1 Ike, Cover Gasket INLET M II OUTLET Specify: Model CV-1F Grooved End Swing Check Valve,Cover Gasket,size (specify), P/N(specify per Table B) Clapper Facing HORIZONTAL ORIENTATION Specify: Model CV-1F Grooved End FIGURE 3 Swing Check Valve, Clapper Seal MODEL CV-1F GROOVED END Facing,EPDM Grade"E",size(specify), SWING CHECK VALVES P/N(specify per Table B) PROPER ORIENTATION Clapper Assembly Includes items 2,3,5-14,and 17-19. Specify: Model CV-1F Grooved End Swing Check Valve,Clapper Assembly, size(specify),P/N(specify per Table B) TFP155O Page 6 of 6 GLOBAL HEADQUARTERS 11400 Pennbrook Parkway,Lansdale,PA 19446 I Telephone+1-215-362-0700 Copyright©2016 Tyco Fire Products,LP. All rights reserved. t �c "7f Fire Protection Products tL,CO Worldwide Fire Protection Contacts www.tyco-fire.com Products Model BFV-300/BFV-300C Butterfly Valve Grooved End General Technical Description Data tk The TYCO Models BFV-300 and BFV- A pprovals " �~ �� � ; 300C Grooved End Butterfly Valves UL Listed are indicating type valves designed for FM Approved use in fire protection systems where CE Certified a visual indication of open or closed VdS Approved valve condition is required. They are Russian Fire Certificate used, for example, as system, sec- CNPP R1 Listed-APSAD tional and pump water control valves. Listed by California State Fire Marshall r They have grooved inlet and outlet con- Refer to Tables A,B and C for applicability. sections that are suitable for use with All laboratory listings and approvals are for grooved end pipe couplings listed or indoor and outdoor use. approved for fire protection systems. For applications requiring supervi- Sizes MODEL :PVE:R30VI0SORY sion of the open or closed state of the 2-12 Inch(DN50-DN300) WITH OPEN S valve,the Gear Operators for the Model UL/FM Maximum Working Pressure SWITS BFV-300/BFV-300C Butterfly Valves 2-8 Inch(DN50-DN200) 300 psi(20,7 bar) feature two sets of factory installed 10-12 Inch(DN250-DN300)..175 psi(12,1 bar) internal switches each having SPDT VdS Maximum Working Pressure , contacts (Ref. Figure 3). The super- 2-8 Inch(DN50-DN200) 300 psi(20,7 bar) ir visory switches transfer their electri- 10 Inch(DN250) 232 psi(16,0 bar) 5., �' cal contacts when there is movement 12 Inch(DN300) 175 psi(12,1 bar) from the open or closed disc position Maximum Working Temperature during the first two revolutions of the 212°F(100°C)in accordance with UL 1091 handwheel. Materials of Construction NOTICE Body Ductile Iron Body Coating RILSAN PA11 Black The Model BFV-300/BFV-300C Disc Ductile Iron (` Grooved End Butterfly Valves described Disc seal EPDM Encapsulated herein must be installed and maintained Upper&Lower Stem Stainless Steel Handwheel Ductile Iron in compliance with this document, as (BFV-300 red painted;BFV-300C black painted) well as with the applicable standards Actuator,2-6 Inch(DN50-DN150): of the National Fire Protection Asso- • IP 65, bronze traveling nut gearbox, ductile ciation, in addition to the standards of iron housing MODEL BFV-300C an other authorities having urisdiction. Actuator,8-12 Inch(DN200-DN300): WITH CLOSED SUPERVISORY Y gl • IP 65,brass segmented gearbox,ductile iron SWITCHES Failure to do so may impair the perfor- housing mance of these devices. Silicone Free Model Availability The owner is responsible for main- Silicone free models are available.Contact I!5T,;,Z tainin their fireprotection system v , 0 g y Tyco sales for information. n - o� ® _•rte': and devices in proper operating con ` „ . ; dition. Contact the installing contras- Tapping Bosses APPROVED ►-h-; Two factory-plugged NPT threaded tapping • , 4,E'o" tor or product manufacturer with any bosses in the valve body are located on the IL"'" ;�R v,��; questions. up- and downstream sides of the disc forc E VdS connection to valve trim. Tapping boss sizes: 2-3nin EH ( CP ch(DN50-DN80) 3/8 NPT 4-12 inch(DN100-DN300) 1/2 NPT Control Valve Seat Leakage Class IEC 60534-4 CLASS VI(Type C)Control Valve Seat Leakage according to ANSI/FCI 70-2-2006(ASME B16.104) Page 1 of 8 APRIL 2017 TFP1511 TFP1511 Page 2 of 8 Nominal Pipe Nominal Dimensions Valve Size OD Inches Weight (mm) Lbs. Inches Inches (DN) (mm) A B C D E F G H J (kg) 2 2.37 3.8 10.63 2.85 4.90 4.92 4.28 1.99 10.8 (DN50) (60,3) (96,4) (270) (72,5) (124,5) (125) (108,6) (50,5) 0 0 (4,9) 2-1/2 2.88 3.8 11.72 3.35 5.5 4.92 4.28 1.99 13.0 (DN65) (73,0) (96,4) (297,8) (85) (139,8) (125) (108,6) (50,5) 0 0 (5,9) 3 3.8 11.72 3.35 5.5 4.92 4.28 1.990 0 13.0 (DN6-5) 76,1 (96,4) (297,8) (85) (139,8) (125) (108,6 (50,5) (5,9) 3 3.5 3.8 12.22 3.58 5.76 4.92 4.28 1.99 13.9 (DN80) (88,9) (96,4) (310,3) (91) (146,3) (125) (108,6) (50,5) 0 0 (6,3) 4 4.5 4.54 13.92 4.29 6.75 4.92 4.28 1.99 17.64 (DN100) (114,3) (115,4) (353,5) (109) (171,5) (125) (108,6) (50,5) 0 0 (8,0) 5.5 5.83 16 5.16 7.93 5.91 5.79 2.320 0 26.4 (DN1-25) (139,7) (148) (406,6) (131) (201,5) (150) (147) (58,9) (11,9) 5 5.56 5.83 16 5.16 7.93 5.91 5.79 2.32 26.4 (DN125) (141,3) (148) (406,6) (131) (201,5) (150) (147) (58,9) 0 0 (11,9) 6.5 5.83 17.07 5.71 8.44 5.91 5.79 2.32 30,42 DN150 165,1 (148) (433,6) (145) (214,5) (150) (147) (58,9) 0 0 (13,8) 6 6.63 5.83 17.07 5.71 8.44 5.91 5.79 2.32 30,42 (DN150) (168,3) (148) (433,6) (145) (214,5) (150) (147) (58,9) 0 0 (13,8) 8 8.63 5.24 19.67 6.69 9.29 8.86 8.19 2.76 5.66 1.24 47.18 (DN200) (219,1) (133) (499,5) (170) (236) (225) (208) (70) (143,7) (31,4) (21,4) 10 10.75 6.26 22.46 7.68 11.1 11.14 8.19 2.91 7.21 1.65 73.41 (DN250) (273) (159) (570,5) (195) (282) (283) (208) (74) (183,1) (41,8) (33,3) 12 12.75 6.5 25.39 9.5 12.2 11.14 8.19 2.91 9.96 2.7 89.29 (DN300) (323,9) (165) (645) (241,5) (310) (283) (208) (74) (252,9) (68,5) (40,5) SEGMENTED HANDWHEEL GEAR OPERATOR 8 TO 12 INCH E — INDICATOR (DN200 TO DN300) FLAG I VALVE SIZES (VALVE CLOSED) ,•�1 , — — _LLF 1L \ r - IPI O O i.-__ -.1 -O O TAPPING -- BOSSES G o1‹:(11:- - i n 1 _ B - HANDWHEEL HANDWHEEL INDICATOR BODY FLAG r OPEN) TAPPINGBOSSES A _- off I '� I1 � �` 'I TAPPING �� _ Il , BOSSES l•-_ - . �.a__, DISC •• I. \ � \ J H ELECTRICAL TRAVELLING NUT TRAVELLING NUT CONNECTOR 1,1 GEAR OPERATOR GEAR OPERATOR 2 TO 4 INCH 5 TO 6 INCH (DN50 TO DN100) (DN125 TO DN150) VALVE SIZES VALVE SIZES FIGURE 1 MODEL BFV-300/BFV-300C GROOVED END BUTTERFLY VALVE NOMINAL DIMENSIONS TFP1511 Page 3 of 8 No. Part Material Qty. No. Part Material Qty. No. Part Material Qty. ASTM ASTM ASTM 01 Body A-536 1 15 Spring Pin A-228 1 30 Bolt(Round) A-167 3 S02 Upper Stem AISI 410 1 16 Indicator A-619 1 31 Plate Washer ASTM 4 03 Lower Stem AISI 410 1 17 0-Ring NBR 1 32 Switch Assembly - 1 04 Disc EPDM 1 18 Cover Gasket Paper 1 33 T/R Bolt ASTM 2 A-307 05 0-Ring(P12) EPDM 4 19 Spring Pin ASTM 1 34 Tapping Screw S10C 1 05x1Tx25 A-228 ST3.5x7.5 06 Oiless B/R - 4 20 0-Ring(P10) EPDM 1 35 Tooth Washer 4# S10C 1 (MB1410) 07 2 End Cap Inch EPDM 1 21 Worm Shaft AISI 410 1 36 Lever ASTM 1 08 Gear Box ASTM A-536 1 22 Bushing(1) FD-0205-45 1 37 Connector - 1 Traveling Nut Bronze 1 23 Collar FD-0205-45 1 38 Sticker - 1 09 2-6 Inch Segment Gear C3604BD 1 24 Spring Washer ASTM 4 39 Sticker - 1 8-12 Inch A-167 10 Bushing(2) FD-0205-45 1 25 Hex Bolt ASTM 2 40 Spring Pin ASTM 1 M8 x 20L A-167 03x0.6Tx25 A-228 11 Cover ASTM 1 26 Hex Bolt ASTM 2 Headless Plug A-619 M8 x 25L A-167 3/8 NPT 12 Bushing Fe 1 27 Gasket Paper 1 2-3 Inch 41 _ ASTM 2 13 Headless Wrench ASTM 1 28 Spring Pin ASTM A-307 1 Headless Plug Bolt M5 x 7L A-307 04x0.8tx25 A-228 1/2 NPT 14 Stem Housing Fe 1 29 Handwheel ASTM 1 4-12 Inch A-536 35 34 37 33 30 37 33 35 !MI 30 32 G■u 34 Airis., _il ' f132 I1►��,aii38,39 L !1[6.L'//JIMM IC� �L7■UIE c•��,i, 38,39 28 `r -q1111111 31 28 r : 31 30 30 19, 19, 29 20 40 17 14 12 18 29 20 40 17 14 12 18 16 16 1 11 __ei 21 I I'—= 10 __es 15 //�All-='-n - 21 ' ,I-- 10 ii 15 /�� 22 1Ill��11� 09 13 `C'��t e= j 22 'al llh 09 13 WITIFialie--: r_r ■� (j(J 27 ,r ',. 27 �.. m r 23 .r 08 1M 23 Ice08 I�24 :II 05 251 ! 24 0525I■ 26 -a■ ■ 26 ..i�25 ; \ 02 )1( ��l 25 w 02 01 (IE 41 01 aI )� 41 04 \`i 03 l:i 04 03 s' �•� 06 aller 07 1 06 II��� 07 BFV-300 Normally Open Valve BFV-300C Normally Closed Valve Supervisory Switch Arrangement Supervisory Switch Arrangement FIGURE 2 MODEL BFV-300/BFV-300C GROOVED END BUTTERFLY VALVE ASSEMBLY TFP1511 Page 4 of 8 FLOW RATE IN LITERS PER MINUTE(LPM) (1 GPM=3,785 LPM) 200 400 600 1000 2000 4000 6000 10000 20000 9.0 1111 1 I1 1 1 I , 1 11 I I I II 8 0 0,60 7.0 / ■1111111111 0,50 0 5.0 /� .,il ..11 ,4111 ,il .Ai111111111110,40 :::111::•=cn ...• ,.... ..AJ^uuF���1 ••. .u.... ri.uI �i•■.u....u.inn.iiii 0,30 4.0 lllll... 11 ,A ■ ��un 1 .1.11.. p FI = M ,I .4■MG "..■■.G . ■■■„1" Mill .211:111111111 eOa = 2.0 11111■ 11111•■■ ■■■111 Z I■■■111111111111III,■■■1111I/t■■■■11i1•.■■.1111111111111110,20 z o z RE(1/ VIII■■UUUUII p 1111 !dIIIIIIIII%1IIIIIP'1■■III!dh■■■11IIIflhIIIIIII'� a w w 11111■■►I■1111■■■■■■1 U� A••■ cP GIII 111,1■■■■1111■•■■■1iII1■■■■■I■IIIIII1111711 a 2.0 11I11ll MV1IIII MIll MEM O� iii wail 00 111■■IIIIIIM■■■I4lIIIMMIII11111111111111 0 fn n .....EM..... \/ r1... ... �lll■ IgIIItItIf.0„1'11■■■11111..111' LL1 C/) iiiii�i••lliiiiE ni r l• V� �i�p� Iiiiiii <n !A11....M....1..■■■111...11'111111 o is 1111/■■■■.111.■■■ AME , II11 ►e11111 ,ti ,1111 ■1111111■■■♦IIIIIIIIAIIIIIiP a CC 111/,1■■■■1111•■■■■11/11M■ 111 Z 1,1111111 /1111 I■■■■111••■■■■■1111/111111/,1 0,10 L11 111,11■■■■1111■■■■■■INUME WM . . 1111111 �' 4••■ 4o „"""„""""ilI"II'II 0,09 ¢ z o FAVI• •■IIIII■■■■■VIII■IIMM °` %111111 GirmsmIIIIIIMMMWIIIIIIIIIIIEEM "-- 411M1� /■■11 = UMMIIII■UU■■1■11'111111►1111 0,08 a a M j 11111■■I11111■■■■1IIIIIIIM■■11 111111 �?�lii1 ' AUUUIIIIII■■■■■III/1111P11111 0,07 z 1.0 l l l l l........m...a.......ra...../,.11111 • Z O 0.9 lllll............,....1..w...■ 1M... V //■�111111I�M� 1�1i1 11111...11.11...r�......w...1 , 16..■ Z FA............. r....1' 0,06 0 a 0.8 m1..■...n•■..■■..n�r....■rnunumil..■ ri.....111n...oo FA mm.. p z IIIIIIIMMENIME ••••Ul A••UMIIUUIIIIIII 111MEU CO /111MMu••i.i.M Zry r h0 All IIII 0,05 Z 0.7 11111■■■■111MIA■■■■1111-■■■■1111111111111111■■■■■/I11M■■■■■1111M O 4 ti ►111 -, 14 0.6 11111■M����HWAIIIMME�1�/��E■I�■IIIIII1111111■■■■/■11■EMINIMMIIM %p ,�1I Sao 11 0,04 :::::■■II:::: ■■CC: '.MM■.:• ■..C:: 2U ■UT O 111111 0.5 c.......----�..,...--.r. .: Z .,... iiiii.......rA=.........M.. �.....cz........ P. ri ra.. . r. 111........I�.....IL..=..1 ' W.....M=........ ... 1 1.11......L......'L....II ..., W.......=......... .I C IL. 2' A 0,03 1ll11......I......I......'... 1.I1.................IA I.. 0.4 111 .....L.......IL....L.. .. - M war ■.............rte .m mime ....I/......./.....11...■ ' 111111..................W...11.. (l/ lI110111 11111■■■...11....1/11111.rI......IA.1111111111I/............1■111//...1111 '- %11111111 Fr 0.3 V V i i ' 50 60 80 100 200 400 600 800 1000 2000 4000 6000 FLOW RATE IN GALLONS PER MINUTE(GPM) GRAPH A MODEL BFV-300/BFV-300C GROOVED END BUTTERFLY VALVE NOMINAL PRESSURE DROP VERSUS FLOW YELLOW r-------1 YELLOW V S-1 FIRE ALARM COMMON HITE I COMMON(WHITE) END OF LINE ro CONTROL PANEL 11, I RESISTOR SUPERVISORY RED ' RED OR CIRCUIT NEXT DEVICE MODEL BFV-300/BFV-300C O GREEN CONTACT RATINGS: GEAR OPERATOR 1 I 1 OPEGROUNDRATOR ASE 16A 125V/250 VAC BLUE 5A 24VDC SWITCH S-1,2 LEADS PER CONTACT SWITCH S-2,1 LEAD PER CONTACT S-2/ COMMON(BLACK) I I I ORANGE VOLTAGE L_____1 AUX.DEVICE SOURCE _ (BELL OR HORN) FIGURE 3 MODEL BFV-300 BUTTERFLY VALVE OPEN POSITION—SUPERVISORY SWITCH OPEN POSITION MODEL BFV-300C BUTTERFLY VALVE CLOSED POSITION—SUPERVISORY SWITCH CLOSED POSITION INTERNAL SWITCH WIRING DIAGRAM TFP1511 Page 5 of 8 Nominal Pipe Part Number Agency Listing/Approval Valve Size O.D. Max. BFV-300 BFV-300C CA Fire Russian Inches Inches (bar) Supv.Switch Supv.Switch CE UL FM VdS Marshall CNPP PAVUS Fire (DN) (mm) OPEN CLOSED Cert. 2 2.38 300 59300G020WS 59300G020WSC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ (DN50) (60,3) (20,7) 2-1/2 2.88 300 59300G025WS 59300G025WSC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ (DN65) (73,0) (20,7) - 3 300 59300G026WS 59300G026WSC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ V / DN65 76,1 (20,7) 3 3,5 300 59300G030WS 59300G030WSC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ (DN80) (88,9) (20,7) 4 4.5 300 59300G040WS 59300G040WSC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ (DN100) (114,3) (20,7) - 5.5 300 59300G056WS 59300G056WSC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ DN125 (139,7) (20,7) 5 5.56 300 59300G050WS 59300G050WSC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ (DN125) (141,3) (20,7) - 6.5 300 59300G066WS 59300G066WSC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ V ✓ DN150 (165,1) (20,7) 6 6.63 300 59300G060WS 59300G060WSC ✓ ✓ I ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ (DN150) (168,3) (20,7) 8 8.63 300 59300G080WS 59300G080WSC ✓ ✓ I ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ (DN200) (219,1) (20,7) 10 10.75 175 59300G100WS 59300G100WSC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ (DN250) (273) (12,1) 12 12.75 175 59300G120WS 59300G120WSC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ (DN300) 323,9 (12,1) TABLE A MODEL BFV-300/BFV-300C GROOVED END BUTTERFLY VALVE WITH INTERNAL SUPERVISORY SWITCHES PART NUMBER SELECTION AND AGENCY LISTINGS/APPROVALS Nominal Pipe Max. Part Number Agency Listing/Approval Valve Size O.D. PSI BFV-300 BFV-300C In(DN)s I(mm)( bar) Su OPENtSwitch S CLv.OSED Switch CE VdS CNPP 2 2.38 300 59300G020AWS 59300G020AWSC l i V (DN50) (60,3) (20,7) 2-1/2 2.88 300 59300G025AWS 59300G025AWSC ✓ 1 ✓ (DN65) (73,0) (20,7) 3 300 59300G026AWS 59300G026AWSC ✓ ✓ ✓ DN65 76,1 (20,7) 3 3,5 300 59300G030AWS 59300G030AWSC ✓ ✓ ✓ (DN80) (88,9) (20,7) (DN100) (114,3) (20030 ) 59300G040AWS 59300G040AWSC ,/ ,/ ✓ 5.5 300 59300G056AWS 59300G056AWSC ✓ ✓ ✓ DN125 (139,7) (20,7) 5 5.56 300 59300G050AWS 59300G050AWSC ✓ ✓ ✓ (DN125) (141,3) (20,7) 6.5 300 59300G066AWS 59300G066AWSC ✓ ✓ ✓ DN150 (165,1) (20,7) 6 6.63 300 59300G060AWS 59300G060AWSC ✓ ✓ ✓ (DN150) (168,3) (20,7) 8 8.63 300 59300G080AWS 59300G080AWSC I ✓ ✓ (DN200) (219,1) (20,7) 10 10.75 175 59300G100AWS 59300G100AWSC I ✓ ✓ (DN250) (273) (12,1) 12 12.75 175 59300G120AWS 59300G120AWSC ✓ ✓ ✓ (DN300) 323,9 (12,1) TABLE B MODEL BFV-300/BFV-300C GROOVED END BUTTERFLY VALVE WITH CNPP-APSAD LARGE 100 X 100 MM FLAG AND INTERNAL SUPERVISORY SWITCHES PART NUMBER SELECTION AND AGENCY LISTINGS/APPROVALS TFP1511 Page 6 of 8 Nominal Pipe Max. Agency Listing/Approval Valve Size O.D. PSI Part CA Fire Russian Inches Inches (bar) Number CE UL FM VdS Marshall CNPP PAVUS Fire (DN) (mm) Cert. 2 2.38 300 (DN50) (60,3) (20,7) 59300G020NS ,/ ,/ ✓ ✓ ✓ 2-1/2 2.88 300 59300G025NS ✓ ✓ ✓ I ✓ ✓ ✓ (DN65) (73,0) (20,7) 3 300 59300G026NS ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ DN65 76,1 (20,7) 3 3,5 300 59300G030NS ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ i I (DN80) (88,9) (20,7) 4 4.5 300 59300G040NS ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ (DN100) (114,3) (20,7) 5.5 300 59300G056NS ✓ I ✓ I ✓ ✓ DN125 (139,7) (20,7) 5 5.56 300 59300G050NS ✓ ✓ I I ✓ ✓ ✓ (DN125) (141,3) (20,7) 6.5 300 59300G066NS ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ DN150 (165,1) (20,7) 6 6.63 300 59300G060NS ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ (DN150) (168,3) (20,7) 8 8.63 300 59300G080NS ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ I (DN200) (219,1) (20,7) 10 10.75 175 59300G100NS ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ (DN250) (273) (12,1) 12 12.75 175 59300G120NS ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1 (DN300) 323,9 (12,1) TABLE C MODEL BFV-300 GROOVED END BUTTERFLY VALVE WITHOUT INTERNAL SUPERVISORY SWITCHES PART NUMBER SELECTION AND AGENCY LISTINGS/APPROVALS Part Number Nominal Bernstein Gear Bernstein Valve Size Mounting Bernstein GC-SU1Z Operator i88-IP65 Inches Type Bracket with i88-IP65 LED Switch Ex IP-66/67 ATEX (DN) Mounting Bolts Regular Switch 24V (Ex 112G Ex dlIC T6 Gb) Switch 2-4 59300SPBRACKET10 (DN50-DN100) Travelling 5-6 Nut 5930 OSPBRAGKET20 (DN125-DN200) 59300SPSW 59300SPSWLED 59300SPSWATEX 8 59300SPBRACKET25 (DN200) Segmented 10-12 Gear 59300SPBRACKET30 (DN250-DN300) Notes: 1. Install a single switch in either bracket mounting position to monitor Open or Closed valve condition 4.0 * I 1 r iT r O O 1 e,•-• �. ji' I �, �1 �� L-_ _ 1 t`I ��/' ;k Bernstein Switch r Wiring Diagram TABLE D MODEL BFV-300 GROOVED END BUTTERFLY VALVE WITHOUT INTERNAL SUPERVISORY SWITCHES ACCESSORY EXTERNAL SUPERVISORY SWITCHES AND MOUNTING BRACKETS PART NUMBER SELECTION TFP1511 Page 7 of 8 Installation . Nominal Valve Size Part Number Inches BFV-300,Red Painted BFV-300C,Black Painted The Model BFV-300/BFV-300C (DN) - Grooved End Butterfly Valves may be 2-4 59300SPHWHEEL10 59300SPHWHEEL1OB installed with flow in either direction (DN50-DN100) and can be positioned either horizon- 5-8 59300SPHWHEEL20 59300SPHWHEEL2OB tally or vertically. (DN125-DN200) 10-12 59300SPHWHEEL30 59300SPHWHEEL3OB The grooved end pipe couplings (DN250-DN300) used with the Model BFV-300/BFV- TABLE E 300C must be listed or approved for BFV-300/BFV-300C GROOVED END BUTTERFLY VALVE fire protection service and installed in REPLACEMENT HANDWHEEL accordance with the manufacturers PART NUMBER SELECTION instructions. The Model BFV-300/BFV-300C But- Limited Accessories terfly Valve may be installed with any schedule of pressure class of pipe orExternal Supervisory Switch and tubing that is listed or approved for fire Warrant Mounting Bracket protection. Note: Accessoryexternal su ervi- For warranty terms and conditions,visit p Conduit and electrical connections www.tyco-fire.com. sory switches and mounting brackets are to be made in accordance with are applicable only to valves without the authority having jurisdiction and/ Ordering factory-installed internal supervisory or the National Electrical Code. With switches. reference to Figure 3, the supervisory Procedure Refer to Table D for switch models and switch is intended for connection to part numbers. the supervisory circuit of a fire alarm Contact your local distributor for avail- control panel in accordance with NFPA ability.When placing an order,indicate Specify: (specify size)Model BFV-300 72.The auxiliary switch is intended for the full product name and Part Number Grooved End Butterfly Valve Exter- the unsupervised connection to aux- (P/N). nal Switch Mounting Bracket, P/N iliary equipment in accordance with (specify), with (specify quantity) Bern- NFPA 70, National Electric Code. Butterfly Valves stein External Switch (specify model), P/N(specify) NOTE: For outdoor applications with Model BFV-300 with Internal internal supervisory switches,it is rec- Open Supervisory Switches Replacement Parts ommended that wiring connections Specify: (specify size) Model BFV-300 Note: Onlyitems described in this be made at a temperature above 15°F Grooved End Butterfly Valve, Inter- section are offered as replacement (-9°C),in order to insure sufficient flex- nal Open Supervisory Switches, parts. ibility of the wire lead insulation. P/N(specify per Table A) Ha heel Model BFV-300C with Internal n ' handwheel includes pin. Care and Closed Supervisory Switches Replacement Specify: (specify size) Model BFV- 300C Refer to Table E for part numbers. Maintenance Grooved End Butterfly Valve, Model BFV-300,Red Painted Before closing a fire protection system Internal Closed Supervisory Switches, Specify: Handwheel, (specify size) control valve for maintenance or P/N (specify per Table A) Model BFV-300 Grooved End Butter- fly Valve, P/N(specify) inspection work on either the valve or Model BFV-300 with Internal fire protection system which it con- Open Supervisory Switches, Model BFV-300C,Black Painted trols, permission to shut down the APSAD Approved Specify: Handwheel, (specify size) affected fire protection systems must Specify:(specify size)Model BFV-300 Model BFV-300C Grooved End But- be obtained from the proper authorities Grooved End Butterfly Valve, Internal terfly Valve, P/N (specify) and all personnel who may be affected Open Supervisory Switches, APSAD by this decision must be notified. Approved, P/N(specify per Table B) The owner is responsible for the Model BFV-300C with Internal inspection,testing,and maintenance of Closed Supervisory Switches, their fire protection system and devices APSAD Approved in accordance with the applicable stan- Specify: (specify size) Model dards of the National Fire Protection BFV-300C Grooved End Butter- Association(e.g.,NFPA 25),in addition fly Valve, Internal Closed Supervi- to the standards of any authority having sory Switches, APSAD Approved, jurisdiction.Contact the installing con- P/N(specify per Table B) tractor or product manufacturer with any questions. Any impairment must Model BFV-300 without Internal be immediately corrected. Supervisory Switches It is recommended that automatic Specify: (specify size) Model BFV-300 Grooved End Butterfly Valve, sprinkler systems be inspected,tested, and maintained by a qualified inspec- tion service. TFP1511 Page 8 of 8 GLOBAL HEADQUARTERS 1 1400 Pennbrook Parkway,Lansdale,PA 19446 I Telephone+1-215-362-0700 Copyright©2017 Tyco Fire Products,LP. All rights reserved. t CO RILSAN is a registered trademark of Arkema,Inc `i fire Protection Products tijit. 'i Worldwide Fire Protection Contacts www.tyco-fire.com Products Model RM-1 Riser Manifold Commercial and Residential General Optional Pressure Relief Kits feature a 175 psi pressure relief valve and trim Description components for convenient integration p into commercial and residential riser The TYCO commercial and residential manifold assemblies. Model RM-1 Riser Manifold provide The pressure relief valve, installed in the necessary waterflow alarm, pres- manifold assemblies above the nor r sure gauge, alarm test orifice, drain, mally closed test and drain or drain and sight glass equipment in a single valve, automatically bleeds system assembly for use in NFPA 13 corn- pressure exceeding 175 psi through a „ $y 1 mercial sprinkler systems and in NFPA flexible hose connected to the mani Y w , 13D/13R residential sprinkler systems fold drain outlet(Ref. Figure 5), reduc -a = .1 (9:"1: as follows: ing system pressure to 175 psi. NFPA 13* • 1-1/2 Inch (DN40) NOTICE I:Male Thread x Female Thread R -1 Manifolds The Model M Riser a nif ods • 2-6 Inch(DN50—DN150) described herein must be installed i Groove x Groove and maintained in compliance with this document,as well as with the applica- NFPA 13D ble standards of the National Fire Pro- • 1 Inch(DN25) tection Association(NFPA), in addition �, Female Thread x Female Thread to the standards of any other authori- '1.1111 :—) ties having jurisdiction.Failure to do so NFPA 13R may impair the performance of these • 1-1/2 Inch(DN40) devices. Male Thread x Female Thread • 2 Inch(DN50) The owner is responsible for main- i* Groove x Groove taming their fire protection system and devices in proper operating con- *Although the Riser Manifold described in this techni- dition. Contact the installing contrac- cal data sheet is intended for NFPA 13 sprinkler sys- manufacturer with any for Or tems,it may be used for NFPA 13D or 13R residential product sprinkler systems,where a test orifice of 2.8K or 4.2K Questions. is acceptable. The variety of sizes and grooved end Technical connections allow cost effective and easy transition to check valves,control Data valves, and system piping.The Model RM-1 Riser Manifolds may be installed Approvals either horizontally (flow switch on top) UL and ULC Listed or vertically(flow going up)orientation, FM Approved for both single sprinkler rises and floor Listed by California State Fire Marshall control in high-rises. Maximum Working Pressure 300 psi(20,7 bar) Test Orifice 1-3 Inch(DN25-DN80)Manifolds:2.8K 4-6 Inch(DN100-DN150)Manifolds:4.2K Finish Red Painted Page 1 of 8 FEBRUARY 2017 TFP963 L TFP963 Page 2 of 8 Nominal NO DESCRIPTION P/N Nominal End Nominal Dimensions Drain 1 300 psi/2000 kPa Riser Connections Inches Size Water Pressure Gauge..90050001 Size (mm) Inches 2 Test and Drain Valve, Inches (DN) Model TD-1: (DN) 1-1/23 Inch Inlet Outlet A B C D E F G H (DN4-DN40-DN8N80) S1-1/2 Thread Thread 10 15-1/2 2-1/4 5-5/8 8-3/8 15 4-3/8 1-1/4 1-1/Man, (40) MNPT FNPT (254) (394) (57) (143) (213) (381) (111) (32) 4-6 Inch 2.8K Orifice A61G0420 ch 2 Groove Groove 13 18 2-1/16 5-5/8 8-3/8 15-1/4 4-3/8 1-1/4 (DN100-DN150) (50) (330) (457) (53) (143) (213) (388) (111) (32) Size Manifolds, 2",4.2K Orifice A61 G0601 2-1/2 Groove Groove 13 18-1/16 2-1/16 5-5/8 8-3/8 15-1/4 4-3/8 1-1/4 3 Flow Switch,VSR-M: (65) (330) (460) (53) (143) (213) (388) (111) (32) 1-1/2"(DN40) 91144815 3 13 18-1/16 2-1/16 5-7/8 8-5/8 15-3/4 4-3/8 1-1/4 2"(DN50) 91144802 (80) Groove Groove (330) (460) (53) (150) (219) (400) (111) (32) 2-1/2"(DN65) 91144825 3"(DN80) 91144803 4 Groove Groove 13 20-1/4 4-1/4 6-3/4 10-3/4 18-3/8 5-3/16 2 4"(DN100) 91144804 (100) (330) (514) (108) (172) (273) (467) (132) (50) 6"(DN150) 91144806 6 13 20-1/4 4-1/4 7-3/4 11-3/4 21 6-3/4 2 4 Field Replaceable (150) Groove Groove (330) (514) (108) (197) (300) (533) (172) (50)II Retard/Switch 91144800 OUTLET 1 ----Crii OPTIONAL �CjI 111:3 PRESSURE l'�,°i ' RELIEF TRIM Nli Ir. CONNECTION 11111 R.� A T • ti 3,4 . I cliWg) ant 0 0 frar--1 2 111 . o 0311 ) I■ '5li I WI ,z0t7 INLET C ■ ■ 1 G H D - E F FIGURE 1 MODEL RM-1 COMMERCIAL RISER MANIFOLDS 1-1/2-6 INCH(DN40-DN150) TFP963 Page 3 of 8 OPTIONAL PRESSURE RELIEF TRIM 1"NPT 1 CONNECTION (FEMALE) I oi .1. i. LIII H NO DESCRIPTION P/N 2 ��� m 1 300 psi/2000 kPa 10" 4 r 11" Water PressureGauge..90050001 Ira (254 mm) r,- • I i (280 mm) 2 Ball Valve,1"(DN25)....97111603 —0. 3 Flow Switch,VSR-M, 1 Imo 1"(DN25) 91144801 .......7 4 Field Replaceable Retard/Switch 91144800 2-1/2"il 1" il— 1 (64 mm) NPT DRA N 1 I 1 3-3/4" 3-7/8" (96 mm) -...- 3,4 (100 mm) 1"NPT 4-5/8" (FEMALE) ~(118 mm)~ --• 10-1/8" (257 mm) FIGURE 2 MODEL RM-1 RESIDENTIAL RISER MANIFOLD 1 INCH(DN25) OPTIONAL PRESSURE 1 RELIEF 1-1/2"NPT CONNECTION (FEMALE) / ii ,,,, I 1111: IF 13-1/4" (337 mm) NO DESCRIPTION P/N 10" pI 1 300 psi/2000 kPa Water Pressure Gauge..90050001 il (254mm) 2111111■ 2 Ball Valve,1"(DN25)....97111603 2 2�- 3 Flow Switch,VSR-M, 1-1/2"(DN40) 91144815 4 Field Re laceable � 0Retard/Switch 91144800 (11 mm) �� d/ I 1 1 y 3-7/8" y 3-7/8" 3,4 (100 mm) 1 (100 mm) 1-1/2" NPT NPT 4-3/4" (MALE) DRAIN (121 mm) _ 11-3/8" (290 mm) FIGURE 3 MODEL RM-1 RESIDENTIAL RISER MANIFOLD 1-1/2 INCH(DN40) TFP963 Page 4 of 8 1 II 2" (GROOVED) / 0 o OPTIONAL 7�'��� '� PRESSURE 1�\ @j 1 RELIEF TRIM yl II CONNECTION T' 16" t O (406 mm) NO DESCRIPTION P/N I 13" IN 1 300 psi/2000 kPa (330 mm) 1 1111111 _is Water Pressure Gauge..90050001 2 Ball Valve,1"(DN25)....97111603 3 Flow Switch,VSR-M, 2"(DN50) 91144802 TT 2 ��� 4FieldReplaceableRetard/Switch 91144800 �� III 1/2" Y ®' �� (13 mm) �IJ, l 1 mill + - 1 3-7/8" 4-1/8" 3,4 (100 mm) 1" (105 mm) 2" NPT 5" _ (GROOVED) DRAIN (127 mm) 11-7/8" (300 mm) FIGURE 4 MODEL RM-1 RESIDENTIAL RISER MANIFOLD 2 INCH(DN50) Manifold Notes: Step 1. Install the manifold body with Where applicable pipe thread sealant the flow arrow pointing in the down Installation is to be applied sparingly. Use of a stream position using threaded con- non hardening pipe thread sealant is nections and/or listed mechanical grooved connections,as applicable. TYCO Model RM-1 Riser Manifold recommended. must be installed in accordance with Never remove any piping component Step 2. Connect the drain line and on this section. nor correct or modifypipingdefi- commercial manifolds set the Model any TD-1 Test and Drain Valve to the OFF The Model RM-1 Riser Manifold may be ciencies without first depressurizing position or on residential manifolds installed either horizontally(flow switch and draining the system. close the drain valve. on top)or vertically(flow going up).The Provisions for an alarm test flow on inlet of the Riser Manifold may be con- Residential Models must be made. Step 3. Refer to Figure 6 for wiring nected directly to a shut-off control The alarm test flow is to be through guidance.All wiring must be performed valve. in accordance with the authorityhaving an orifice having a flow capacity equal to or smaller than the smallest orifice jurisdiction and/or the National Electri- to Code. sprinkler in the system. One of two options can be considered. The first Step 4. Refer to Figure 5 for Optional option is to temporarily install a test Pressure Relief Trim installation. orifice in the outlet of the drain line Step 5. Place the system in service prior to performing the alarm test. The by filling the system with water. When second option is to install an lnspec- filling the system, partially open the tor's Test Connection downstream of control valve to slowly fill the system. the Waterflow Alarm Switch. Filling the system slowly will help avoid damaging the waterflow alarm switch. After the system is fully pressurized, completely open the control valve. Step 6.Secure all supply valves open. TFP963 Page 5 of 8 Commercial Riser Manifolds Residential Riser Manifolds NO DESCRIPTION P/N NO DESCRIPTION P/N 1 Pressure Relief Valve, 1 Pressure Relief Valve, 175 psi,1/2"NPT 1001184-01 175 psi,1/2"NPT 1001184-01 2 1/2"x Close Nipple 1001023-01 MODEL RM-1 2 1/2"x Close Nipple,Qty 2...1001023-01 3 Flexible Hose: COMMERCIAL 3 Flexible Hose,1/2"x 16"....1001266-03 1-1/2-3 Inch(DN40-DN80) RISER MANIFOLD 4 Figure 815 Threaded Size Manifolds, 2 Reducing Tee, 1/2"x 24" 1001266-02 1 1"x 1"x 1/2"NPT 1001259-07 4-6 Inch(DN100-DN150) I 5 1"x Close Nipple 1001025-01 Size Manifolds, '41U 1/2"x 30" 1001266-01 r 4 Figure 323 ReducingTee, y MODEL RM-1 Grooved x NPT Threaded: ,1I � ��'t;,� RESIDENTIAL 1-1/2-3 Inch(DN40-DN80) ����� l� RISER MANIFOLD Size Manifolds, et vor, 1-1/4"x 1-1/4"x 1/2" 3231305GS ���1`� 2 1 4-6 Inch(DN100-DN150) ihU Size Manifolds, 2"x 2"x 1/2" 3232005GS ��'., �� U 5 Figure 577 Rigid Grooved �''° Coupling: 3 / i 1-1/2-3 Inch(DN40-DN80) 5 4tht ` ° Size Manifolds (.,4 '''t ,./ �'' 1-1/4" 57713AGCP / � 4-6 Inch(DN100-DN150) 3 Size Manifolds, 2 i, A l r 2" 57720AGCP 5 4 V FIGURE 5 MODEL RM-1 COMMERCIAL AND RESIDENTIAL RISER MANIFOLDS OPTIONAL PRESSURE RELIEF TRIM INSTALLATION Optional Commercial Manifolds Residential Manifolds Refer to Figure 1 for commercial riser Refer to Figures 2, 3 or 4 for residen- Pressure manifold features and Figure 5 for pres- tial riser manifold features and Figure sure relief trim components described 5 for pressure relief trim components Relief Trim in this procedure. described in this procedure. Installation Step 1. Remove 1/2 inch pipe plug Step 1. Remove 1/2 inch pipe plug from manifold tee. Inspect exposed from manifold tee. Inspect exposed Model RM-1 commercial and resi female tee threads,remove thread seal- female tee threads,remove thread seal- dential riser manifold assemblies are ant remnants or debris as necessary. ant remnants or debris as necessary. designed to accommodate an optional Step 2. Install Pressure Relief Valve(1) Step 2. Install Pressure Relief Valve(1) pressure relief valve and trim compo- in manifold tee, orienting valve outlet in manifold tee, orienting valve outlet nents(Ref. Figure 5). port perpendicular to and facing away port perpendicular to and facing away Optional pressure relief trim must be from manifold body. from manifold body. installed in accordance with the follow- Step 3. Install 1/2 inch x Close Nipple Step 3. Disconnect drain piping from ing procedures. (2)in pressure relief valve outlet port. threaded outlet of manifold drain valve Notes: Step 4. Disconnect drain piping from as applicable and install 1 inch x Close For assembly in Riser Manifolds grooved outlet of manifold TD-1 test Nipple(5)in valve outlet. installed and in service, verify the fire and drain valve as applicable and install Step 4. Install Figure 815 Reducing protection system is de pressurized Figure 323 Grooved Reducing Tee (4) Tee(4)onto 1 inch x close nipple,align- and drained. Close the system supply on valve outlet by securing with Fig- ing tee branch outlet parallel with pres- control valve,set commercial manifold ure 577 Grooved Coupling (5), align- sure relief valve outlet port. Reconnect test and drain valve to DRAIN or open ing tee threaded branch outlet parallel drain piping to Figure 815 tee drain out- residential drain valve to relieve resid with pressure relief valve outlet port. let as necessary. ual pressure and drain system. Make Reconnect drain piping to Figure 323 Step 5. Install 1/2 inch x Close Nip- certain that drainage water will not tee drain outlet as necessary. ples (2) in pressure relief valve outlet cause any damage or injury. Note: Refer to Technical Data Sheet port and in Figure 815 reducing tee Refer to Care and Maintenance section G901 for Figure 577 Grooved Coupling branch outlet. for other requirements when closing a installation and assembly instructions. Step 6. Install Flexible Hose (3) by fire protection system control valve and Step 5. Install Flexible Hose (3) by threading female ends onto 1/2 inch x placing system in service. threading female ends onto 1/2 inch close nipples installed on relief valve Apply thread sealant or TEFLON tape x close nipple installed on relief valve outlet port and Figure 815 reducing tee on all threaded connections, with the outlet port and onto Figure 323 reduc- branch outlet. exception of internally sealed flexible ing tee branch outlet. Note:Assure Flexible Hose is not sus- hose connections. Note:Assure Flexible Hose is not sus- ceptible to being caught or snagged by ceptible to being caught or snagged by other moving equipment. other moving equipment. TFP963 Page 6 of 8 SWITCH TERMINAL CONNECTIONS UNINSULATED CLAMPING SEVERED LOOPED SECTION CAUTION: PLATE STRIPPED SINGLE An uninsulated section of a TERMINAL ENDS CONDUCTOR single conductor is not ��_` SEPARATE permitted to be looped around �1 CONDUCTORS CLAMPING the terminal and serve as two PLATE "..,1, separate connections.The TERMINAL'`..AN, N . /�, wire must bear severed to ions, 411411 \\\�NCOMING j as two separate connections, � thereby providing supervision 441.* of the connection in the event that the wire becomes dislodged from the terminal. OUTGOING IMPROPER CONNECTION METHOD PROPER CONNECTION METHOD WIRE NUT LOCAL WIRE NUT FIRE PANEL OR AUDIBLENISUAL ADDRESSABLE ANNUNCIATOR MODULE NEUTRAL E WHITE WHITE BLACK —0,�N,1 Hw I1�JS1 ¢w ) 2.. 0— m I O¢ BLACK O co H (LINE/HOT) O w U 0 m D Q,2 0 0 CONTACT RATINGS: 0 0 Two sets of SPDT(Form C) 10.0 Amps at 125/250VAC • • 2.0 Amps at 30VDC Resistive 10 mAmps min.at 24VDC ' ND NC COM COM NC NO �� ® © ® ® © eE: �`��'"�<J) When connecting to a UL Listed control panel, use panel resistor rating for circuit supervision NOTE: For supervised circuits,see"Switch Terminal Connections"above.The Waterflow Alarm Switch has two switches,one can be used to operate a central station,proprietary or remote signaling unit,while the other contact is used to operate a local audible or visual annunciator. FIGURE 6 MODEL RM-1 COMMERCIAL AND RESIDENTIAL RISER MANIFOLD WIRING GUIDANCE TFP963 Page 7 of 8 DIN OFF O i Owo '01■I■ (17.Aw) O O •iic OJ 4iiiiiipy 1531 r06000 OFF MARKING TEST MARKING DRAIN MARKING ON HANDLE ON HANDLE ON HANDLE POSITIONED POSITIONED POSITIONED ON DETENT ON DETENT ON DETENT WI IIITIII E MODEL TD-1 � 7iJ ]) c. .„ TEST AND ■E'' DRAIN 1.11111 VALVE Il I : ir.M—M :1 „o OM o 0 o, ILO ow i■ ,a IB ihji kid iild IL�j _SIGHT FLOW C 2.11M13 Po 7.) edinta err • UDRAINU In SET TEST CONNECTION DRAIN FRONT CONDITION CONDITION CONDITION VIEW FIGURE 7 MODEL RM-1 COMMERCIAL RISER MANIFOLD TD-1 TEST AND DRAIN VALVE OPERATION Care and standards of any authority having juris- of the NFPA,and any impairment must diction.Contact the installing contrac- be immediately corrected: Maintenance tor or product manufacturer with any Alarm/Flow Test Procedure questions. Step 1.Place the Model TD-1 Test and TYCO Riser Manifolds RM-1 must be It is recommended that automatic Drain Valve in the TEST position (Ref. serviced and maintained in accordance sprinkler systems be inspected,tested, Figure 7). On residential assemblies with this section. and maintained by a qualified Inspec- without a test orifice,temporarily install Before closing a fire protection system tion Service in accordance with local a test orifice in the drain outlet and fully control valve for inspection or main- requirements and/or national codes. open the Drain Valve. Make certain tenance work on the fire protection Note: No attempt is to be made to that drainage water will not cause any system that it controls, permission to repair any Riser Manifold component damage or injury. shut down the effected fire protection in the field. Only the pressure gauge, Step 2.Verify operation of associated system must first be obtained from waterflow alarm switch, or relief valve alarms. the proper authorities and all person- can be replaced.If any other problems Step 3. Verify that the residual (i.e., nel who may be affected by this action are encountered the entire riser mani- flowing)pressure indicated by the pres must be notified. fold must be replaced. sure gauge is no less that originally After placing a fire protection system The alarm/flow test procedure will recorded for the system when it was in service,notify the proper authorities result in operation of the associated first installed. and advise those responsible for moni- alarms. Consequently, notification Step 4. Close the Drain Valve on the toring proprietary and/or central station must be given to the owner and the fire Residential models and the Test and alarms. department, central station, or other Drain valve on commercial models. The owner is responsible for the signal station to which the alarms are inspection,testing,and maintenance of connected, and notification must be Step 5. Verify that the static (i.e., not their fire protection system and devices given to the building occupants. flowing)pressure indicated by the pres- in compliance with this document, as The following inspection procedure sure gauge is no less that originally well as with the applicable standards must be performed as indicated, in recorded for the system when it was first installed. of the National Fire Protection Associa- addition to any specific requirements tion (e.g., NFPA 25), in addition to the TFP963 Page 8 of 8 Limited OrderingOptional 175 psi Pressure Relief Kit Specify: Pressure Relief Kit, Model Warrant Procedure RM-1 Riser esi Manifold,application), Commer Ycial or Residential application),(specify For warranty terms and conditions,visit Contact your local distributor for avail- size range), P/N(specify): www.tyco-fire.com. ability. When placing an order, indi- Commercial cate the full product name, including 1-1/2-3 Inch(DN40—DN80) 40721 description and part number(P/N). 4-6 Inch(DN100—DN150) 40731 Riser Manifolds Residential Specify:Size(specify)Connection Type 1-2 Inch(DN25—DN50) 40711 (specify inlet x outlet)Model RM-1 Riser Replacement Parts Manifold, P/N(specify): Specify: Model RM-1 Riser Manifold Commercial (specify part description), P/N (specify 1-1/2 Inch(DN40)MT x FT 40551 from Figures 1,2,3,4 or 5) 2 Inch(DN50)G x G 40601 2-1/2 Inch(DN65)G x G 40611 3 Inch(DN80)G x G 40621 4 Inch(DN100)G x G 40651 6 Inch(DN150)G x G 40661 Residential 1 Inch(DN25)FT x FT 40671 1-1/2 Inch(DN40)MT x FT 40571 2 Inch(DN50)G x G 40591 GLOBAL HEADQUARTERS 11400 Pennbrook Parkway,Lansdale,PA 19446 I Telephone+1-215-362-0700 Copyright©2017 Tyco Fire Products,LP. All rights reserved. Vico TEFLON is a registered trademark of DuPont `f Fire Protection Products \ GUARDIAN r(1/41* 1 i FIRE EQUIPMENT,INC.MIADETAIL AND SUBMITTAL SHEET Ph.800.327.6584•Fax 800.827.3869 5000 Series - Hose Valves Project/Location: Date: Architect/Engineer: Qty: Contractor: 'Appropriate Selection Female x Male Angle Valves- Used as fire hose outlet connections. Female NPT inlet x Male hose thread outlet,300 PSI,cast brass r—A-1 Model No. Size A B(Open) C D Swing Radius I J. ■ ❑ 5010 1W x 1W 4" 7A" 2W 2" 2W B - I D ® 5015 2W x 2W 5W 11" 3'/4" 2%" 3W Optional Finish: 0-B Polished Brass 0-C Rough Chrome Plated 0-D Polished Chrome Plated ■m■' Threads:0 NST 0 Other C 5010/5015 Female x Female Angle Valves- Used with hose rack assemblies. Female NPT inlet and outlet, 300 PSI, cast brass r—A-1 Model No. Size A B(Open) C D Swing Radius ■ ❑ 5020 1W x 1W 4" 7%" 2W 2" 2W B ' D El 5025 2'/z"x 2'/z" 5W 11" 3%4' 2%4" 3W1 f Optional Finish: 0-B Polished Brass 0-C Rough Chrome Plated 0-D Polished Chrome Plated ■m■' Female x Male Pressure Restricting Angle Valves-Used as fire hose outlet connections. Field-adjustable k c restricting mechanism reduces water pressure under flowing conditions(175 PSI max. inlet).When full flow 5020/5025 is required, restriction can be over-ridden by trained personnel. Female NPT x Male hose thread outlet, 175 PSI, cast brass. I A-1 I ril Model No. Size A B(Open) C D Swing Radius NM ❑ 5030 1W x 1W 4" 8" 2W 2" 2W B ; i o 5035 2W x 2%" 5W 11W 3%4" 2%4" 3'/z" Optional Finish: 0-B Polished Brass ❑-C Rough Chrome Plated El-D Polished Chrome Plated M=M' Threads:❑NST ❑Other I- - C 5030/5035 Female x Female Pressure Restricting Valves-Used with hose rack assemblies.Field-adjustable restricting mechanism reduces water pressure under flowing conditions(175 PSI max.inlet).When full flow is required, A restriction can be over-ridden by trained personnel. Female NPT inlet and outlet, 175 PSI, cast brass. 1n Model No. Size A B(Open) C D Swing Radius B ommr El5040 1W x 1W 4" 8" 2W 2" 2W D o 5045 2'/z"x 2'/z" 5W 11W 3%2" 2W 31/2" I M_ ' ■ ■ Optional Finish: 0-B Polished Brass 0-C Rough Chrome Plated 0-D Polished Chrome Plated C 5040/5045 Caps with Chains-Caps with Chains-Used to protect hose Reducer-Used to change outlet size. Rigid pin thread outlets on valves and hydrants. lug*,female x male threads. Cast brass caps(pin lugs)*or red plastic caps(rocker lugs). Model No. Size Threads: Model No. I Size I Type Threads: 0 3315 2W x 11A" ❑NST y o 5515 1W Brass El /l Optional Finish: 0 Other o 5515P 1/2" Plastic 0 Other ❑-B Polished Brass m 5525 2'/z" Brass r"// • ❑-C Rough Chrome Plated I. -D Polished Chrome Plated ❑ 5525P 2W Plastic *Optional:0-RL Rocker lugs Optional Finish:0-B Polished Brass 0-C Rough Chrome Plated -D Polished Chrome Plated *Optional:0-RL Rocker lugs GUARDIAN NI 1 ) FIRE EQUIPMENT INC. DETAIL AND SUBMITTAL SHEET MIAMI, FL Ph.800.327.6584•Fax 800.827.3869 6900 Series - Rooftop Outlet Connections Project/Location: Date: Architect/Engineer: Qty: Contractor: El Appropriate Selection Used as auxiliary connections to supply water for fire department use and for testing of standpipe system. Provides 250 GPM flow(minimum), per 21/2" outlet. A Two and three-way outlet connections feature brass bodies (straight or angle 1+-.1---- patter), with female NPT inlets and male NPT outlets(female NPT outlets on B %%•`` Models 6944/6946). Cast brass construction, standard. 6924/6926 Two and Three-Way Connections Model No. Inlet Size A B ❑6924 Back 4"x 21/2"x 21/2" 65/8' 43/4" T_E-- A--1 ❑6925 Angle 4"x 2'/2"x 21/2" 63/4" 53/4" ❑6926 Back 6"x 2'/2"x 21/2" 81/4" 63/8' B 2 6927 Angle 6"x 21/2"x 21/2" 9" 81/2" ..L___ ❑6935 Angle 4"x 21/2"x 21/2"x 21/2" 131/2" 101/2" ❑6936 Back 6"x 2'/2"x 21/2"x 21/2" 101/4" 105/8" 6925/6927 ❑6937 Angle 6"x 21/2"x 21/2"x 21/2" 101/2" 9" A ❑6944 End 4"x 4"x 21/2"x 21/2"x 21/2" 5" 19" El6946 End 6"x 6"x 2'/2"x 2'/2"x 2'/2" 7'/4" 19" FM-7II Optional Finish:❑-B Polished Brass Threads: ❑-C Rough Chrome Plated 0 NST B ❑-D Polished Chrome Plated 0 Other 6936 Component Variations A O -1 Standard bodies, complete with Model 5015 angle valves fFilmmt7 and Model 5525 caps for each outlet. ❑ -2 Standard bodies, complete with Model 5110 gate valves :17IIIIII0 IIIIIII and Model 5525 caps for each outlet. 6935/6937 ❑ -3 Standard bodies, complete with Model 5310 globe valves and Model 5525 caps for each outlet. A ❑ -NST Bodies with male hose thread outlets. Overall dimensions may apply ( B ( ssie t ( 6944/6946 Contact factory for current listings and approvals t1111. ? Worldwide Fire Protection Contacts www.tyco-fire.com Products Series TY-FRB, 5.6 K-factor Upright, Pendent, and Recessed Pendent Sprinklers Quick Response, Standard Coverage General NOTICE The TYCO Series TY-FRB Sprinklers Description described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with The TYCO Series TY-FRB,5.6 K-factor, this document, as well as with the :4 * ` Upright (TY313) and Pendent (TY323) applicable standards of the National i- Y Sprinklers described in this data sheet Fire Protection Association,in addition a' i r , are quick response,standard coverage, to the standards of any other authori ." Mal decorative 3 mm glass bulb-type spray ties having jurisdiction.Failure to do so sprinklers designed for use in light or may impair the performance of these ordinary hazard,commercial occupan- devices. cies such as banks, hotels, and shop The owner is responsible for main ping malls. taining their fire protection system The recessed version of the Series and devices in proper operating con- TY-FRB Pendent Sprinkler, where dition. Contact the installing contrac applicable, is intended for use in areas tor or product manufacturer with any with a finished ceiling. This recessed questions. pendent sprinkler uses one of the .ic following: Sprinkler .43 • A two-piece Style 15 Recessed Identification Escutcheon with recessed adjust ment up to 5/8 inch(15,9 mm)from4, - the flush pendent position. Number (SIN) • A two-piece Style 20 Recessed TY313 Upright 5.6K, 1/2"NPT Escutcheon with recessed adjust- TY323 Pendent 5.6K, 1/2--NPT : ment up to 1/2 inch (12,7 mm)from the flush pendent position. - Techn� al The adjustment provided by the Operation Recessed Escutcheon reduces the Data accuracy to which the fixed pipe drops The glass bulb contains a fluid which to the sprinklers must be cut. Approvals expands when exposed to heat.When Refer to Table A the rated temperature is reached, the Intermediate level versions of Series fluid expands sufficiently to shatter the TY-FRB Sprinklers are described in Maximum Working Pressure p glass bulb, allowing the sprinkler to Technical Data Sheet TFP357. Sprin- 175 psi(12.1 bar) kler guards and shields are described 250 psi(17.2 bar)' activate and water to flow. in Technical Data Sheet TFP780. *The maximum working pressure of 250 psi(17.2 bar) Design only applies to the listing by Underwriters Laborato- ries,Inc.(UL). Discharge Coefficient Criteria K=5.6 GPM/psi1/2(80,6 LPM/bar'/=) The TYCO Series TY-FRB,5.6 K-factor, Temperature Rating Upright (TY313) and Pendent (TY323) Refer to Table A Sprinklers are intended for fire protec- IMPORTANT Finishes tion systems designed in accordance Always refer to Technical Data Sprinkler:Refer to Table B with the standard installation rules Sheet TFP700 for the "INSTALLER recognized by the applicable Listing or WARNING'thatprovides cautions Recessed Escutcheon:White Coated, Approval agency (such as, UL Listing Black Coated,Chrome Plated,or Brass is based on the requirements of NFPA with respect to handling and instal- Plated 13, and FM Approval is based on the lation of sprinkler systems and com- ponents. Improper handling and Physical Characteristics q installation can permanently damage Frame Bronze Data Sheets).Only the Style 15 or Style a sprinkler system or its compo- Button Brass/Copper 20 Recessed Escutcheon is to be used nests and cause the sprinkler to fail Sealing Assembly...Stainless Steel w/TEFLON for recessed pendent installations. Bulb Glass to operate in a fire situation or cause Compression Screw Bronze it to operate prematurely. Deflector Bronze Page 1 of 4 JULY 2017 TFP172 TFP172 Page 2 of 4 Components: *Temperature rating is ** Pipe thread connections per ISO 7-1 1 - Frame 4 - Bulb indicated on Deflector. can be provided on special request. 2 - Button 5 - Compression STYLE 15 or 20 3 - Sealing Screw ESCUTCHEON PLATE 1/2" 7/16"(11,1 mm) RECESSED Assembly 6 - Deflector* DEFLECTOR* SEATING SURFACE NPT** NOMINAL MAKE-IN ESCUTCHEON 6* Cf..,y� 1 ,rrT ‘N \ 5 =57/16" YW-:,---.'".------ /1 \ (11,1 mm) f I.r 4 R A NOMINAL 2" 0 MAKE IN p-q (50,82'm' 50,8 mm) mmor 2 D. s ` go 2" \O 07 1-3/8" �, (50,8 mm) (34,9 mm) / Iv 3 f WRENCH 1 ! 1 / 1 - FLATS 1 1/2" NPT** DEFLECTOR* 2-7/8"(73,0 mm)DIA. CROSS SECTION UPRIGHT PENDENT RECESSED PENDENT FIGURE 1 SERIES TY-FRB UPRIGHT(TY313)AND PENDENT(TY323)SPRINKLERS 5.6 K-FACTOR, 1/2 INCH NPT, QUICK RESPONSE Installation Step 2. With pipe-thread sealant ie,,,, applied to the pipe threads, hand- The TYCO Series TY-FRB,5.6 K-factor, tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler WRENCH RECESS Upright (TY313) and Pendent (TY323) fitting. (USE ONLY Sprinklers must be installed in actor Step 3. Tighten the sprinkler into the END"A") dance with this section. sprinkler fitting using only the W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench(Figure 2).With ref- ...0, General Instructions P ( 9 FIGURE 2 Do not install any bulb-type sprinkler erence to Figure 1,apply the W-Type 6 W-TYPE 6 if the bulb is cracked or there is a loss Sprinkler Wrench to the wrench flats. SPRINKLER WRENCH of liquid from the bulb. With the sprin- Torque sprinklers 7 to 14 ft.-lbs.(9,5 to kler held horizontally,a small air bubble 19,0 Nm). should be present.The diameter of the Recessed Pendent Sprinklers WRENCH air bubble is approximately 1/16 inch The Series TY-FRB Recessed Pendent RECESS (1,6 mm)for the 135°F(57°C)and 3/32 Sprinklers must be installed in accor- inch(2,4 mm)for the 286°F(141°C)tern- dance with the following instructions. perature ratings. ` 'l Step A. After installing the Style 15 A leak-tight 1/2 inch NPT sprinkler or Style 20 Mounting Plate over the joint should be obtained by applying a sprinkler threads,and with pipe-thread 4minimum to maximum torque of 7 to 14 sealant applied to the pipe threads, ft.-lbs. (9,5 to 19,0 Nm). Higher levels hand-tighten the sprinkler into the `�� of torque can distort the sprinkler Inlet sprinkler fitting. P with consequent leakage or impairment PUSH WRENCH of the sprinkler. Step B. Tighten the sprinkler into the IN TO ENSURE sprinkler fitting using only the W-Type Do not attempt to compensate for 7 Recessed Sprinkler Wrench (Figure ENGAGEMENT WITH SPRINKLER insufficient adjustment in the Escutch- 3).With reference to Figure 1,apply the WRENCHING AREA eon Plate by under- or over tightening W-Type 7 Recessed Sprinkler Wrench the sprinkler. Re-adjust the position of to the sprinkler wrench flats. Torque FIGURE 3 the sprinkler fitting to suit. sprinklers 7 to 14 ft.-lbs. (9,5 to 19,0 W-TYPE 7 RECESSED Upright and Pendent Sprinklers Nm). SPRINKLER WRENCH The Series TY-FRB Upright and Step C. After ceiling installation and Pendent Sprinklers must be installed finishing, slide on the Style 15 or Style in accordance with the following 20 Closure over the Series TY-FRB instructions. Sprinkler and push the Closure over the Step 1.Install Pendent sprinklers in the Mounting Plate until its flange comes in pendent position. Install upright sprin- contact with the ceiling. klers in the upright position. TFP172 Page 3 of 4 Care and _ 2-7/8"DIA. (73,0 mm) Maintenance 2-1/4" DIA. The TYCO Series TY-FRB,5.6 K-factor, FACE OF (57,2 mm) Upright (TY313) and Pendent (TY323) SPRINKLER Sprinklers must be maintained and ser- FITTING 5/8"(15,9 mm) viced in accordance with this section. t - FLUSH Before closing a fire protection system 3/8±5/16" —� • main control valve for maintenance (9,5±7,9 mm) A2-1 j '% work on the fire protection system } I J that it controls, obtain permission to MOUNTING '•-� 1/8" shut down the affected fire protection SURFACE (3,2 mm) systems from the proper authorities and notify all personnel who may be CLOSURE SERIES MOUNTING 1-3/8"(34,9 mm) affected by this action. TY-FRB PLATE 3/4"(19,1 mm) Absence of the outer piece of an escutcheon, which is used to cover FIGURE 4 a clearance hole, can delay sprinkler SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED PENDENT SPRINKLER ASSEMBLY(TY323) operation in a fire situation. WITH TWO PIECE 5/8 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 15 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON The owner must assure that the sprin- klers are not used for hanging any objects and that the sprinklers are only 2-7/8" DIA. - cleaned by means of gently dusting (73,0 mm) with a feather duster; otherwise, non- FACE OF operation in the event of a fire or inad- SPRINKLER 2-1/4"DIA. _ vertent operation may result. FITTING (57,2 mm) Sprinklers which are found to be 5/16±1/4" leaking or exhibiting visible signs of (7,9±6,4 mm) 1/2"(12,7 mm) corrosion must be replaced. + - FLUSH Automatic sprinklers must never be 1 ,7 + i painted, plated, coated, or other- ` wise altered after leaving the factory. l' / 1/8" Modified sprinklers must be replaced. MOUNTING (3,2 mm) Sprinklers that have been exposed to SURFACE corrosive products of combustion, but have not operated,should be replaced if they cannot be completely cleaned CLOSURE SERIES MOUNTING 1-3/8"(34,9 mm) by wiping the sprinkler with a cloth or TY-FRB PLATE 7/8"(22,2 mm) by brushing it with a soft bristle brush. FIGURE 5 Care must be exercised to avoid SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED PENDENT SPRINKLER ASSEMBLY(TY323) damage to the sprinklers before, WITH TWO PIECE 1/2 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 20 during, and after installation. Sprin- RECESSED ESCUTCHEON klers damaged by dropping, striking, wrench twist/slippage,or the like,must Limited Recessed Escutcheon be replaced. Also, replace any sprin- Specify: Style 15 Recessed Escutch- kler that has a cracked bulb or that has warrant eon with(specify*)finish, P/N(specify") lost liquid from its bulb. (Ref. Installa- Y Specify: Style 20 Recessed Escutch- tion Section.) For warranty terms and conditions,visit eon with(specify*)finish, P/N(specify*) The owner is responsible for the www.tyco-fire.com. *Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP770 inspection,testing,and maintenance of their fire protection system and devices Sprinkler Wrench in compliance with this document, as Ordering Specify: W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench, well as with the applicable standards Procedure P/N 56-000-6-387 of the National Fire Protection Asso- Specify: W-Type 7 Sprinkler Wrench, ciation (e.g., NFPA 25), in addition to Contact your local distributor for avail- P/N 56-850-4-001 the standards of any other authorities ability.When placing an order,indicate having jurisdiction.Contact the install- the full product name and Part Number ing contractor or product manufacturer (P/N). with any questions. Sprinkler Assemblies with NPT Automatic sprinkler systems are rec- Thread Connections ommended to be inspected, tested, Specify: Series TY-FRB Upright or and maintained by a qualified Inspec- Pendent (specify) Sprinkler, SIN tion Service in accordance with local (specify), K=5.6, Quick Response, requirements and/or national codes. (specify) temperature rating, (specify) finish, P/N (specify, refer to Table A). TFP172 Page 4 of 4 SPRINKLER FINISH(See Note 7) K TYPE TEMPERATURE BULB LIQUID NATURAL CHROME POLYESTERS FACTOR COLOR BRASS PLATED 135°F(57°C) Orange UPRIGHT 155°F(68°C) Red (TY313) and 175°F(79°C) Yellow 1,2,3,4,5,6 PENDENT (TY323) 200°F(93°C) Green 5.6 286°F(141°C) Blue 1/2"NPT 135°F(57°C) Orange RECESSED 155°F 68°C Red PENDENT ( ) 1,2,3,4 (TY313) 175°F(79°C) Yellow Figures 4a and 5b 200°F(93°C) Green Notes: 1. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories,Inc.,(UL)as Quick Response Sprinklers. 2. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories,Inc.,for use in Canada(C-UL)as Quick Response Sprinklers. 3. Approved by Factory Mutual Research Corporation(FM)as Quick Response Sprinklers. 4. Approved by the City of New York under MEA 354-01-E. 5. VdS Approved(For details,contact TYCO Fire Protective Products,Enschede,Netherlands,Tel.31-53-428-4444/Fax 31-54-428-3377.) 6. Approved by the Loss Prevention Certification Board(LPCB Ref.No.094a/06)as Quick Response Sprinklers. 7. Where Polyester Coated Sprinklers are noted to be UL and C-UL Listed,the sprinklers are UL and C-UL Listed as Corrosion-Resistant Sprinklers. a. Installed with Style 15(1/2"NPT)5/8"Total Adjustment Recessed Escutcheon,as applicable. b. Installed with Style 20(1/2"NPT)1/2"Total Adjustment Recessed Escutcheon,as applicable. c. Frame and Deflector only.Listings and approvals apply to color(Special Order). TABLE A LABORATORY LISTINGS AND APPROVALS FOR 5.6 K-FACTOR SPRINKLERS P/N* 77 - XXX - X - XXX SIN SPRINKLER TEMPERATURE FINISH RATINGS 370 5.6K UPRIGHT(1/2"NPT) TY313 1 NATURAL BRASS 135 135°F(57°C) 371 5.6K PENDENT(1/2"NPT) TY323 3 PURE WHITE(RAL9010)°° 155 155°F(68°C) POLYESTER *Use suffix"I"for ISO 7-1 connection; 4 SIGNAL WHITE(RAL9003) 175 175°F 79°C for example,77-370-4-175-I POLYESTER ( ) 5 JET BLACK(RAL9005) 200 200°F(93°C) POLYESTER 9 CHROME PLATED 286 286°F(141°C) **Eastern Hemisphere sales only TABLE B SERIES TY-FRB UPRIGHT AND PENDENT SPRINKLERS PART NUMBER SELECTION GLOBAL HEADQUARTERS 1 1400 Pennbrook Parkway,Lansdale,PA 194461 Telephone+1-215-362-0700 Copyright©2017 Tyco Fire Products,LP. All rights reserved. NCO TEFLON is a registered trademark of DuPont Fire Protection Products fico Worldwide Fire Protection Contacts www.tyco-fire.com Products RAPID RESPONSE Series LFII Residential 4.9 K-factor Pendent Sprinkler Wet Pipe and Dry Pipe Systems General Escutcheon reduces the accuracy to which the pipe drops to the sprinklers Description must be cut. The Series LFII Residential Sprinklers �T-- TYCO RAPID RESPONSE Series have been designed with heat sensi- I LFII Residential 4.9K Pendent and tivity and water distribution charac T. Recessed Pendent Sprinklers(TY2234) teristics proven to help in the control are decorative, fast response, frangi- of residential fires and to improve the ble bulb sprinklers designed for use chance for occupants to escape or be in residential occupancies such as evacuated. homes, apartments, dormitories, and Dry Pipe System Application hotels.When aesthetics and optimized The Series LFII Residential Pendent flow characteristics are the major con- and Recessed Pendent Sprinklers sideration, the Series LFII Residential offers a laboratory approved option NSF. Sprinklers(TY2234)should be the first for designing dry pipe residential sprin- choice. kler systems,whereas,most residential NSF/ANSI 61 The Series LFII Residential Sprinklers sprinklers are laboratory approved for are intended for use in the following wet systems only. Sprinkler scenarios: Through extensive testing, it has been • wet and dry pipe residential sprin- determined that the number of design Identification kler systems for one- and two-fam- sprinklers (hydraulic design area) for ily dwellings and mobile homes per the Series LFII Residential Pendent and Number (SIN) NFPA 13D Recessed Pendent Sprinklers(TY2234) • wet and dry pipe residential sprinkler need not be increased over the number TY2234 systems for residential occupancies of design sprinklers (hydraulic design up to and including four stories in area)as specified for wet pipe sprinkler Technical height per NFPA 13R systems,as is accustomed for density/ area sprinkler systems designed per Data • wet and dry pipe sprinkler systems NFPA 13. for the residential portions of any Consequently, the Series LFII Resi Approvals occupancy per NFPA 13 dentia) Sprinklers offer the features UL Listed(for use with wet pipe and dry The recessed version of the Series of non-water filled pipe in addition pipe systems) LFII Residential Sprinklers is intended to not having to increase the number C-UL Listed(for use only with wet pipe for use in areas with finished ceilings. of design sprinklers (hydraulic systems) It employs a two-piece Style 20 design area) for systems designed to Certified to all requirements of Recessed Escutcheon.The Recessed NFPA 13, 13D,or 13R. NSF/ANSI 61 Escutcheon provides 1/4 inch (6,4 mm)of recessed adjustment or up NOTICE (Refer to the Design Criteria section for to 1/2 inch(12,7 mm)of total adjustment details on these approvals.) from the flush ceiling position. The The Series LFII Residential Pendent Maximum Working Pressure adjustment provided by the Recessed and Recessed Pendent Sprinklers 17o_is.(12,1 bar) (TY2234) described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance Discharge Coefficient with this document and the applicable K=4.9 gpm/psi112(70,6 Ipm/barlI2) IMPORTANT standards of the National Fire Protec- Temperature Rating Always refer to Technical Data tion Association (NFPA), in addition to 155°F(68°C)or 175°F(79°C) Sheet TFP700 for the "INSTALLER the standards of any authorities having Finishes WARNING" that provides cautions jurisdiction.Failure to do so may impair Natural Brass,Pure White,Signal White,or with respect to handling and instal- the performance of these devices. lation of sprinkler systems and com- ponents. Improper handling and The owner is responsible for main Physical Characteristics installation can permanently damage taming their fire protection system Frame Brass a sprinkler system or its components and devices in proper operating con- Button Copper and cause the sprinkler to fail to dition. Contact the installing contrac- Sealing Assembly..Beryllium Nickel w/TEFLON operate in a fire situation or cause it tor or product manufacturer with any Bulb(3 mm) Glass p questions. Compression Screw Bronze to operate prematurely. Deflector Bronze Page 1 of 6 JANUARY 2016 TFP400 TFP400 Page 2 of 6 7/16"(11,1 mm) ESCUTCHEON 1/2" Components: NOMINAL PLATE SEATING 2-7/8" DIA. 1 Frame MAKE-IN NPT SURFACE (73,0 mm) 2 - Button 3 Sealing Assembly 1 4 - Bulb 5 Compression 2 f ��M�—_� 2-1/4" m 6 - Deflector* 3 Mt Ai + V (57,2 mm) 4 I 1-5/8STYLE 20 (41,3 mm) WRENCH RECESSED *Temperature5 FLATS AO ESCUTCHEON rating is _ I._ _._..___.._._.. indicated on 6* Deflector. CROSS SECTION PENDENT RECESSED PENDENT FIGURE 1 RAPID RESPONSE SERIES LFII RESIDENTIAL 4.9K PENDENT AND RECESSED PENDENT SPRINKLERS(TY2234) Operation Tables A and B as a function of tern- the obstruction criteria described within pperature rating and the maximum the Technical Data Sheet TFP490. Theglass bulb contains a fluid that allowable coverage areas. The sprinkler flow rate is the minimum Operational Sensitivity expands when exposed to heat.When required discharge from each of the Sprinklers are to be installed with a the rated temperature is reached, the total number of"design sprinklers" as deflector-to-ceiling distance of 1-1/4 to fluid expands sufficiently to shatter the specified in NFPA 13D or NFPA 13R. 4 inches. glass bulb, allowing the sprinkler to The number of "design sprinklers" Sprinkler Spacing activate and flow water. specified in NFPA 13D and 13R for wet The minimum spacing between sprin- pipe systems is to be applied when klers is 8 feet (2,4 m). The maximum Design designing dry pipe systems. spacing between sprinklers cannot Design exceed the length of the coverage area Criteria Hydraulic3) (Table A or B) being hydraulically cal- (NFPAThe TYCO RAPID RESPONSE Series For systems designed to NFPA 13,the 12culftted 2ft(e.g., maximum area,12 feet for a LFII Residential 4.9K Pendent and number of design sprinklers is to be fft.x ft ft. coverage rar 20. feet Recessed Pendent Sprinklers are UL the four most hydraulically demanding for a 20 ft.x 20 ft.coverage area). and C-UL Listed for installation in sprinklers.The minimum required dis- accordance with this section. charge from each of the four sprinklers Residential Sprinkler is to be the greater of the following: Design Guide • The flow rates given in Table A or When conditions exist that are outside B as a function of temperature the scope of the provided criteria,refer rating and the maximum allowable to the Residential Sprinkler Design coverage area. Guide TFP490 for the manufactur- • A minimum discharge of 0.1 gpm/ft2 er's recommendations that may be over the "design area" comprised acceptable to the local authority having of the four most hydraulically jurisdiction. demanding sprinklers for actual System Types coverage areas protected by the Per the UL Listing, wet pipe and dry four sprinklers. pipe systems may be utilized. Per the The number of design sprinklers speci- C-UL Listing, only wet pipe systems fied in NFPA 13 for wet pipe systems is may be utilized. to be applied when designing dry pipe Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP485 systems. for the use of residential sprinklers in DryPipe System Water Delivery dry pipe systems. p y When using the Series LFII Residential Ceiling Types Sprinklers (TY2234) in dry pipe sprin- Smooth flat horizontal, or beamed, or kler systems, the time for water deliv- sloped, in accordance with the 2013 ery must not exceed 15 seconds for the Edition of NFPA 13D, 13R, or 13, as most remote operating sprinkler. applicable. Obstruction to Hydraulic Design Water Distribution (NFPA 13D and 13R) Sprinklers are to be located in accor- For systems designed to NFPA 13D dance with the obstruction rules of or NFPA 13R, the minimum required NFPA 13D, 13R, and 13 as applicable sprinkler flow rates are given in for residential sprinklers as well as with TFP400 Page 3 of 6 WET PIPE SYSTEM Minimum Flow and Residual Pressure(2)(3) Maximum Ordinary Temperature Rating Intermediate Temperature Rating Coverage 155°F(68°C) 175°F(79°C) Minimum Area(1) Deflector to Installation Spacing Ft.x Ft. Flow Pressure Flow Pressure Ceiling Type Ft. (m x m) gpm psi gpm psi (m) (I/min) (bar) (I/min) (bar) 12 x 12 13 7.0 13 7.0 Smooth (3,7 x 3,7) (49,2) (0,48) (49,2) (0,48) Ceilings 1-1/4 to 14 x 14 13 7.0 13 7.0 4 inches (4,3 x 4,3) (49,2) (0,48) (49,2) (0,48) Recessed Beamed using Style 20 16 x 16 13 7.0 13 7.0 Escutcheon or 8 (4,9 x 4,9) (49,2) (0,48) (49,2) (0,48) Ceilings per non recessed (2,4) NFPA 13D per NFPA 13D, 18 x 18 17 12.0 17 12.0 or 13R 13R,or 13 (5,5 x 5,5) (64,3) (0,83) (64,3) (0,83) 1-1/4 to 1-3/4 - inches below 20 x 20 20 16.7 20 16.7 bottom of (6,1 x 6,1) (75,7) (1,15) (75,7) (1,15) beam. Notes: 1. For coverage area dimensions less than or between those indicated,use the minimum required flow for the next highest coverage area for which hydraulic design criteria are stated. 2. Requirement is based on minimum flow in gpm(Ipm)from each sprinkler.The associated residual pressures are calculated using the nominal K-factor.Refer to Hydraulic Design under the Design Criteria section. 3. For NFPA 13 residential applications,the greater of 0.1 gpm/f1.2 over the design area or the flow in accordance with the criteria in this table must be used. TABLE A WET PIPE SYSTEM SERIES LFII RESIDENTIAL 4.9K PENDENT AND RECESSED PENDENT SPRINKLERS(TY2234) NFPA 13D, 13R,AND 13 HYDRAULIC DESIGN CRITERIA DRY PIPE SYSTEM Minimum Flow and Residual Pressure(2)(3) Maximum Coverage Ordinary Temperature Rating Intermediate Temperature Rating Area CO 155°F(68°C) 175°F(79°C) Minimum Ft.x Ft. Flow Pressure Flow Pressure Deflector to Installation Spacing Ceiling Type Ft. (mxm) gpm psi gpm psi (I// in) ( ar) (I// in) ( ar)( m 12 x 12 13 7.0 13 7.0 Smooth (3,7 x 3,7) (49,2) (0,48) (49,2) (0,48) Ceilings to 4 14 x 14 14 8.2 14 82 1-1/4.2 (4,3 x 4,3) (53,0) (0,57) (53,0) (0,57) inches Recessed Beamed using Style 20 16 x 16 15 9.4 15 9.4 Ceilings Escutcheon or 8 (4,9 x 4,9) (56,8) (0,65) (56,8) (0,65) per NFPA 13D non-recessed (2,4) or 13R per NFPA 13D, 18 x 18 18 13.5 18 13.5 13R,or 13 (5,5 x 5,5) (68,1) (0,93) (68,1) (0,93) 1-1/4 to 1-3/4 inches below 20 x 20 21 18.4 21 18.4 bottom of (6,1 x 6,1) (79,5) (1,27) (79,5) (1,27) beam. Notes: 1. For coverage area dimensions less than or between those indicated,use the minimum required flow for the next highest coverage area for which hydraulic design criteria are stated. 2. Requirement is based on minimum flow in gpm(Ipm)from each sprinkler.The associated residual pressures are calculated using the nominal K-factor.Refer to Hydraulic Design under the Design Criteria section. 3. For NFPA 13 residential applications,the greater of 0.1 gpm/ft.2 over the design area or the flow in accordance with the criteria in this table must be used. TABLE B DRY PIPE SYSTEM SERIES LFII RESIDENTIAL 4.9K PENDENT AND RECESSED PENDENT SPRINKLERS(TY2234) NFPA 13D, 13R,AND 13 HYDRAULIC DESIGN CRITERIA TFP400 Page 4 of 6 2-7/8" DIA. G� (73,0 mm) 7/16±1/8" 1/2"(12,7 mm) (11,1±3,2 mm) 2-1/4" DIA. 1/4"(6,4 mm) WRENCH RECESS FACE OF (57,2 mm) (END"A"USED SPRINKLER MOUNTING FOR TY2234) FITTING PLATE FIGURE 3 W-TYPE 6 SPRINKLER WRENCH IJA my MOUNTING 110WRENCH SURFACE " RECESS 1/8 (3,2 mm) 1-3/8"(34,9 mm) /ice CLOSURE TY2234 1-1/8"(28,6 mm) FIGURE 2 STYLE 20 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON FOR USE WITH THE RAPID RESPONSE SERIES LFII RESIDENTIAL PENDENT SPRINKLER %hoe PUSH WRENCH Installation Recessed Pendent Sprinklers IN TO ENSURE The Series LFII Residential Recessed ENGAGEMENT TYCO RAPID RESPONSE Series Pendent Sprinklers must be installed WITH SPRINKLER LFII Residential 4.9K Pendent and in accordance with the following WRENCHING AREA Recessed Pendent Sprinklers must instructions: FIGURE 4 be installed in accordance with this Step A. Install recessed pendent sprin- W-TYPE 7 RECESSED section. klers in the pendent position with the SPRINKLER WRENCH General Instructions deflector parallel to the ceiling. Do not install any bulb type sprinkler Step B. After installing the Style 20 if the bulb is cracked or there is a loss Mounting Plate over the sprinkler of liquid from the bulb. With the sprin- threads and with pipe thread sealant kler held horizontally,a small air bubble applied to the pipe threads, hand- should be present.The diameter of the tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler air bubble is approximately 1/16 inch fitting. (1,6 mm). Step C. Tighten the sprinkler into the A leak-tight 1/2 inch NPT sprinkler joint sprinkler fitting using only the W-Type 7 should be obtained by applying a min- Recessed Sprinkler Wrench (Figure 4). imum-to-maximum torque of 7 to 14 With reference to Figure 1, apply the ft.-lbs. (9,5 to 19,0 Nm). Higher levels W-Type 7 Recessed Sprinkler Wrench of torque can distort the sprinkler Inlet to the sprinkler wrench flats. with consequent leakage or impairment Step D. After the ceiling has been of the sprinkler. installed or the finish coat has been Do not attempt to compensate for applied, slide on the Style 20 Closure insufficient adjustment in an Escutch- over the Series LFII Residential Sprin- eon Plate by under-or over-tightening kler and push the Closure over the the sprinkler. Re-adjust the position of Mounting Plate until its flange comes in the sprinkler fitting to suit. contact with the ceiling. Pendent Sprinklers The Series LFII Residential Pendent Sprinklers must be installed in accor- dance with the following instructions: Step 1.Install pendent sprinklers in the pendent position with the deflector par- allel to the ceiling. Step 2. With pipe thread sealant applied to the pipe threads, hand- tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Step 3. Tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting using only the W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench(Figure 3).With ref- erence to Figure 1,apply the W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench to the wrench flats. TFP400 Page 5 of 6 Care and Limited Ordering Maintenance Warranty Procedure TYCO RAPID RESPONSE Series For warranty terms and conditions,visit Contact your local distributor for avail- LFII Residential 4.9K Pendent and www.tyco-fire.com. ability.When placing an order,indicate Recessed Pendent Sprinklers must be the full product name and part number maintained and serviced in accordance (P/N). with this section: Sprinkler Assemblies Before closing a fire protection system Specify: Series LFII 4.9K Residential main control valve for maintenance Pendent Sprinkler (TY2234), (specify work on the fire protection system that temperature rating),with(specify)finish, it controls,permission to shut down the P/N(specify): affected fire protection system must be 155°F(68°C) obtained from the proper authorities Natural Brass 51-201-1-155 and notify all personnel who may be Pure White(RAL 9010)* 51-201-3-155 affected by this action. Signal White(RAL 9003) 51-201-4-155 Absence of the outer piece of an ChromePlated 51-201-9-155 175°F(79°C) escutcheon, which is used to cover Natural Brass 51-201-1-175 a clearance hole, can delay sprinkler Pure White(RAL 9010)' 51-201-3-175 operation in a fire situation. Signal White(RAL 9003) 51-201-4-175 Chrome Plated 51-201-9-175 The owner must assure that the sprin- *Eastern Hemisphere sales only klers are not used for hanging any objects and that the sprinklers are only Recessed Escutcheon cleaned by means of gently dusting Specify: Style 20 Recessed Escutch- with a feather duster; otherwise, non- eon with(specify*)finish, P/N(specify") operation in the event of a fire or inad- •Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP770. vertent operation may result. Sprinklers which are found to be Sprinkler Wrenches Specify: W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench, leaking or exhibiting visible signs of P/N 56-000-6-387 corrosion must be replaced. Specify: W-Type 7 Sprinkler Wrench, Automatic sprinklers must never be P/N 56-850-4-001 painted, plated, coated, or other- wise altered after leaving the factory. Modified sprinklers must be replaced. Sprinklers that have been exposed to corrosive products of combustion, but have not operated,should be replaced if they cannot be completely cleaned by wiping the sprinkler with a cloth or by brushing it with a soft bristle brush. Care must be exercised to avoid damage to the sprinklers before, during, and after installation. Sprin- klers damaged by dropping, striking, wrench twist/slippage,or the like,must be replaced. Also, replace any sprin- kler that has a cracked bulb or that has lost liquid from its bulb (Ref. Installa- tion section). The owner is responsible for the inspection,testing,and maintenance of their fire protection system and devices in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protection Associa- tion (e.g., NFPA 25), in addition to the standards of any authorities having jurisdiction.Contact the installing con- tractor or product manufacturer with any questions. Automatic Y sprinkler systems are rec- ommended to be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspec- tion Service in accordance with local requirements and/or national codes. TFP400 Page 6 of 6 GLOBAL HEADQUARTERS I 1400 Pennbrook Parkway,Lansdale,PA 19446 I Telephone+1-215-362-0700 Copyright©2016 Tyco Fire Products,LP. All rights reserved. *"cu TEFLON is trademark of the DuPont Corporation. 'f Fire Protection Products tLICD Worldwide Fire Protection Contacts www.tyco-fire.com Products RAPID RESPONSE Series LFII Residential 4.9 K-factor Concealed Pendent Sprinkler Flat Plate, Wet Pipe and Dry Pipe Systems General The Series LFII Residential Concealed Pendent Sprinklers (TY3596) has Description been designed with heat sensitivity and water distribution characteristics TYCO RAPID RESPONSE Series LFII proven to help in the control of residen- r ..�. tial fires and to improve the chance for 1, "'_.: ,." Residential 4.9K Concealed Pendent occupants to escape or be evacuated. Sprinklers (TY3596) are decorative, . fast response,fusible solder sprinklers The Series LFII Residential Con- designed for use in residential occu- cealed Pendent Sprinklers (TY3596) ---- pancies such as homes, apartments, are shipped with a Disposable Pro- dormitories,and hotels. tective Cap. The Protective Cap is The cover plate assembly conceals temporarily removed for installation, the sprinkler operating components and then it can be replaced to help above the ceiling.The flat profile of the Protect the sprinkler while the ceiling NOTICE cover plate provides the optimum aes is being installed or finished.The tip of The Series LFII Residential Concealed theticallyappealing sprinkler design. the Protective Cap can also be used , the g pto mark the center of the ceiling hole Pendent Sprinklers(TY3596)described In addition, tconcealed design of into plaster board, ceiling tiles, etc. herein must be installed and main- the Series LFII Residential Concealed by gently pushing the ceiling product tained in compliance with this docu- Pendent Sprinklers(TY3596) provides against the Protective Cap. When the ment and with the applicable standards 1/2 inch(12,7 mm)vertical adjustment. ceiling installation is complete the Pro- of the National Fire Protection Associa- This adjustment provides a measure of tective Cap is removed and the Cover tion(NFPA),in addition to the standards flexibility when cutting fixed sprinkler Plate Assembly installed. of any authorities having jurisdiction. drops. Failure to do so may impair the perfor- The Series LFII Residential Concealed Dry Pipe System Application mance of these devices. Sprinklers are intended for use in the The Series LFII Residential Concealed owner is responsible following scenarios: Pendent Sprinklers offers a laboratory Theein their fire psiblefor system main- approved option for designing dry pipe gprotectiony • wet and dry pipe residential sprin- residential sprinkler systems,whereas, and devices in proper operating con- kler systems for one- and two-fam- most residential sprinklers are labora- dition. Contact the installing contrac- ily dwellings and mobile homes per tory approved for wet systems only. tor or product manufacturer with any NFPA 13D Through extensive testing, it has been questions. • wet and dry pipe residential sprinkler determined that the number of design s` rinkler systems for residential occupancies sprinklers (hydraulic design area) for p up to and including four stories in the Series LFII Residential Concealed height per NFPA 13R Pendent Sprinklers (TY3596) need Identification • wet and dry pipe sprinkler systems not be increased over the number of for thearesidentialdryipeportionsinkerans design sprinklers (hydraulic design Number (SIN) of area)as specified for wet pipe sprinkler occupancy per NFPA 13 systems,as is accustomed for density/ TY3596 area sprinkler systems designed per NFPA 13. Consequently,the Series LFII Residen- tial Concealed Pendent Sprinklers offer the features of non-water filled pipe in IMPORTANT addition to not having to increase the Always refer to Technical Data number of design sprinklers(hydraulic Sheet TFP700 for the "INSTALLER design area) for systems designed to WARNING"that provides cautions NFPA 13, 13D,or 13R. with respect to handling and instal- lation of sprinkler systems and com- ponents. Improper handling and installation can permanently damage a sprinkler system or its compo- nents and cause the sprinkler to fail to operate in a fire situation or cause it to operate prematurely. Page 1 of 6 FEBRUARY 2015 TFP442 TFP442 Page 2 of 6 BODY /` SEALING WRENCH (1/2" NPT) , I ASSEMBLY RECESS CAP "'' ff �� '� SPRINKLER b40 Iir •V N=a. WRENCHING im..ilorit, i AREA SADDLE I — Mr l ~ PUSH WRENCH SUPPORT 1 [ M \ COMPRESSION IN TO ENSURE CUP WITH l 9 $ SCREW ENGAGEMENT ROLL FORMED WITH SPRINKLER THREADS l WRENCHING AREA LEVER FIGURE 2 �� W-TYPE 18 GUIDE SPRINKLER WRENCH PIN �y m Z11713 SOLDER LINK ELEMENT GUIDE PIN HOUSING DEFLECTOR ri1 (OPERATED DEFLECTOR POSITION) SPRINKLER/SUPPORT CUP ASSEMBLY THREAD INTO I RETAINER SUPPORT 1 WITH THREAD CUP UNTIL J DIMPLES MOUNTING k, O CD 1, SURFACE IS J FLUSH WITH CEILING EJECTION SPRING J,_ 1111, _ ___ SOLDER - COVER PLATE/RETAINER COVER TAB ASSEMBLY PLATE FIGURE 1 RAPID RESPONSE SERIES LFII RESIDENTIAL CONCEALED PENDENT SPRINKLER(TY3596) 2-1/2" DIA. SPRINKLER- (63,5 mm) 1/2"(12,7 mm) FACE OF SUPPORT CUP 1/2" THREADED SPRINKLER ASSEMBLY - NPT ADJUSTMENT FITTING — I OPERATED �� SPRINKLER COVER JJ ---------______I__ _Ii 1-7/8"±1/4" PLATE SS In . — 47,6 mm ams - I 11/8"GAPRETAINER I ±6,4 mm) — �_ , � (32 m) + 1 -1111- _ i � - COVER- SPRINKLER- f 1 7/8 (22,2 mm) ill RETAINER SUPPORT CUP 16 1 SOURFACE 1-1/8UNTING "(28,6 mm) - ' ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY 3/ J (4,8 mm) � \ 3-3/16"DIA. _ DISPOSABLE DEFLECTOR IN (81,0 mm) TIP PROTECTIVE CAP OPERATED POSITION FIGURE 3 RAPID RESPONSE SERIES LFII RESIDENTIAL CONCEALED PENDENT SPRINKLER(TY3596) INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS/PROTECTIVE CAP/ACTIVATED DEFLECTOR TFP442 Page 3 of 6 Technical n Desi Criteria Dry Pipe System Water Delivery Design When using the Series LFII Residen- Data TYCO RAPID RESPONSE Series LFII tial Concealed Pendent Sprinklers Residential Concealed Pendent Sprin (TY3596)in dry pipe sprinkler systems, Approvals klers(TY3596)are UL and C-UL Listed the time for water delivery must not exceed 15 seconds for the most remote UL and C-UL Listed for installation in accordance with this NYC Approved under MEA 44-03-E-2NSF section. operating sprinkler. Certified to NSF/ANSI 61 Obstruction to The TYCO RAPID RESPONSE Series LFII Note: When conditions exist that are Water Distribution Residential Concealed Pendent Sprinklers outside the scope of the provided cri- S rinklers are to be located in accor are only Listed with the Series LFII Con- teria, refer to the Residential Sprinkler dance with the obstruction rules of cealed Cover Plates having a factory-ap- Design Guide TFP490 for the manu- dance with the obstruction rules of plied finish. facturer's recommendations that may NFPA 13D, 13R, and 13 as applicable Cover Plates can be ordered by following be acceptable to the authority having for residential sprinklers as well as with the instructions in the Ordering Procedure jurisdiction, the obstruction criteria described within section. the Technical Data Sheet TFP490. Maximum Working Pressure System Types Operational Sensitivity 175 psi(12,1 bar) Per the UL Listing, wet pipe and dry The sprinklers are to be installed rela- pipe systems may be utilized. Per the p Discharge C fficient C-UL Listing, only wet pipe systems tive to the ceiling mounting surface as K=4.9 gpm/psi�'(70,6 Ipm/bar1t2) may be utilized. shown in Figure 3. Temperature Rating Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP485 Sprinkler Spacing 160°F(71°C)Sprinkler with about the use of residential sprinklers in The minimum spacing between sprin- 139°F(59°C)Cover Plate residential dry pipe systems. klers is 8 feet (2,4 m). The maximum Vertical Adjustment CeilingTypes spacing between sprinklers cannot 1/2 inch(12,7 mm) exceed the length of the coverage area Smooth flat horizontal, or beamed, or hydraulically sloped, in accordance with the 2013 (Ref. Table A or B) being ydraulicall y Refer to Ordering Procedure section. Edition of NFPA 13D, 13R, or 13 as calculated(e.g., maximum 12 feet for a Physical Characteristics applicable. 12 ft.x 12 ft. coverage area, or 20 feet Body Brass for a 20 ft.x 20 ft. coverage area). Cap Bronze Hydraulic Design The Series LFII must not be used Saddle Brass (NFPA 13D and 13R) in applications where the air pres- Sealing Assembly Beryllium Nickel For systems designed to NFPA 13D sure above the ceiling is greater than w/TEFLON or NFPA 13R, the minimum required that below. Down drafts through the Soldered Link Halves Nickel sprinkler flow rates are given in Support Cup could delay sprinkler Lever Bronze Tables A and B as a function of tern- Compression Screw Brass perature rating and the maximum operation in a fire situation. Deflector Copper or allowable coverage areas. The Brass sprinkler flow rate is the minimum Guide Pin Housing Bronze required discharge from each of the Guide Pins Stainless Steel total number of"design sprinklers" as or Bronze specified in NFPA 13D or NFPA 13R. Support Cup Steel The number of "design sprinklers" Cover Plate Copper specified in NFPA 13D and 13R for wet Retainer Brass pipe systems is to be applied when Cover Plate designing dry pipe systems. Ejection Spring Stainless Steel Hydraulic Design Operation (NFPA 13) I" For systems designed to NFPA 13,the When exposed to heat from a fire, the number of design sprinklers is to be Cover Plate,which is normally soldered the four most hydraulically demanding to the Support Cup at three points,falls sprinklers.The minimum required dis- away to expose the sprinkler assembly. charge from each of the four sprinklers At this point the Deflector supported by is to be the greater of the following: the Arms drops down to its operated • the flow rates given in Tables A and position. The fusible link of the sprin- B as a function of temperature rat- kler assembly is comprised of two link ing and the maximum allowable cov- halves that are soldered together with erage area a thin layer of solder. When the rated • a minimum discharge of temperature is reached, the solder 0.1 gpm/ft.2 over the design area melts and the two link halves separate comprised of the four (4) most allowing the sprinkler to activate and hydraulically demanding sprinklers flow water. for actual coverage areas protected by the four(4)sprinklers The number of design sprinklers speci- fied in NFPA 13 for wet pipe systems is to be applied when designing dry pipe systems. TFP442 Page 4 of 6 WET PIPE SYSTEM Minimum Flow and Residual Pressure" Maximum Maximum Coverage Spacing Ordinary Temp.Rating Minimum Area Ft. 160°F(71°C) Ft.x Ft. (m) Flow Pressure Deflector to Installation Spacing (m x m) Ceiling Type Ft. gpm psi (m) (Ipm) (bar) 12 x 12 12 13 7.0 Smooth (3,7 x 3,7) (3,7) (49,2) (0,48) Ceilings 7/8 to 1-1/8 14 x 14 14 13 7.0 inches (4,3 x 4,3) (4,3) (49,2) (0,48) Beamed 16 x 16 16 13 7.0 Ceilings per 8 (4,9 x 4,9) (4,9) (49,2) (0,48) NFPA 13D or Concealed (2 4) 13R,or 13. Installed in 18 x 18 18 17 12.0 beam (5,5 x 5,5) (5,5) (64,3) (0,83) 7/8 to 1-1/8 inches below 20 x 20 20 20 16.7 bottom of (6,1 x 6,1) (6,1) (75,7) (1,15) beam Notes: 1. For coverage area dimensions less than or between those indicated,use the minimum required flow for the next highest coverage area for which hydraulic design criteria are stated. 2. Requirement is based on minimum flow in gpm(Ipm)from each sprinkler.The associated residual pressures are calculated using the nominal K-factor.Refer to Hydraulic Design under the Design Criteria section. 3. For NFPA 13 residential applications,the greater of 0.1 gpm/ft.'over the design area or the flow in accordance with the criteria in this table must be used. TABLE A WET PIPE SYSTEM SERIES LFII RESIDENTIAL 4.9 K-FACTOR FLAT PLATE CONCEALED PENDENT SPRINKLER(TY3596) NFPA 13D, 13R,AND 13 HYDRAULIC DESIGN CRITERIA DRY PIPE SYSTEM Minimum Flow and Residual Pressure 2,3 Maximum Maximum Coverage Spacing Ordinary Temp.Rating Minimum Area Ft. 160°F(71°C) Ft.x Ft. (m) Flow Pressure Deflector to Installation Spacing (m x m) Ceiling Type Ft. gpm psi (m) (Ipm) (bar) 12 x 12 12 13 7.0 Smooth (3,7 x 3,7) (3,7) (49,2) (0,48) Ceilings 7/8 to 1-1/8 14 x 14 14 14 8.2 inches (4,3 x 4,3) (4,3) (53,0) (0,57) Beamed 16 x 16 16 15 9,4 Ceilings per 8 (4,9 x 4,9) (4,9) (56,8) (0,65) NFPA 13D or Concealed (2 4) 13R,or 13. Installed in 18 x 18 18 18 13.5 beam (5,5 x 5,5) (5,5) (68,1) (0,93) 7/8 to 1-1/8 inches below 20 x 20 20 21 18.4 bottom of (6,1 x 6,1) (6,1) (79,5) (1,27) beam Notes: 1. For coverage area dimensions less than or between those indicated,use the minimum required flow for the next highest coverage area for which hydraulic design criteria are stated. 2. Requirement is based on minimum flow in gpm(Ipm)from each sprinkler.The associated residual pressures are calculated using the nominal K-factor.Refer to Hydraulic Design under the Design Criteria section. 3. For NFPA 13 residential applications,the greater of 0.1 gpm/ft.'over the design area or the flow in accordance with the criteria in this table must be used. TABLE B DRY PIPE SYSTEM RAPID RESPONSE SERIES LFII RESIDENTIAL 4.9 K-FACTOR FLAT PLATE CONCEALED PENDENT(TY3596) NFPA 13D, 13R,AND 13 HYDRAULIC DESIGN CRITERIA TFP442 Page 5 of 6 Installation Step 6. Screw on the Cover Plate Care must be exercised to avoid Assembly until its flange comes in damage before,during,and after instal- TYCO RAPID RESPONSE Series LFII contact with the ceiling. lation. Sprinklers damaged by drop- Residential Concealed Pendent Sprin- Do not continue to screw on the Cover ping, striking, wrench twist/slippage, klers (TY3596) must be installed in Plate Assembly such that it lifts a or the like, must be replaced. accordance with this section. ceiling panel out of its normal position. The owner is responsible for the General Instructions If the Cover Plate Assembly cannot inspection,testing,and maintenance of Damage to the fusible Link Assembly be engaged with the Mounting Cup their fire protection system and devices during installation can be avoided by or the Cover Plate Assembly cannot in compliance with this document, as handling the sprinkler by the support be engaged sufficiently to contact the well as with the applicable standards cup only(i.e.,do not apply pressure to ceiling, the Sprinkler Fitting must be of the National Fire Protection Asso the fusible Link Assembly). repositioned. ciation (e.g., NFPA 25), in addition to the standards of any other authorities A 1/2 inch NPT sprinkler joint should be Care and having jurisdiction.Contact the install- obtained with a minimum to maximum ing contractor or product manufacturer torque of 7 to 14 lbs.-ft.(9,5 to 19,0 Nm). with any questions. Higher levels of torque may distort the Maintenance The owner must assure that the sprin- sprinkler inlet with consequent leakage TYCO RAPID RESPONSE Series LFII klers are not used for hanging any or impairment of the sprinkler. Residential Concealed Pendent Sprin- objects and that the sprinklers are only Do not attempt to compensate for klers (TY3596) must be maintained cleaned by means of gently dusting insufficient adjustment in the Cover and serviced in accordance with this with a feather duster; otherwise, non- Plate / Retainer Assembly by under- section. operation in the event of a fire or inad- or over-tightening the Sprinkler. Read- vertent operation may result. just the position of the sprinkler fitting Before closing a fire protection system to suit. main control valve for maintenance Automatic sprinkler systems should be work on the fire protection system inspected,tested,and maintained by a Step 1. The sprinkler must only be which it controls, permission to shut qualified Inspection Service in accor- installed in the pendent position and down the affected fire protection dance with local requirements and/or with the centerline of the sprinkler per- system must be obtained from the national codes. pendicular to the mounting surface. proper authorities and all personnel Step 2. Remove the Protective Cap. who may be affected by this action must be notified. Step 3. With pipe thread sealant Absence of a Cover Plate may delay the applied to the pipe threads, and using the W-Type 18 Wrench shown in Figure sprinkler operation in a fire situation. 2, install and tighten the Sprinkler / When properly installed, there is a Support Cup Assembly into the fitting. nominal 1/8 inch (3,2 mm) air gap The W-Type 18 Wrench will accept a between the lip of the Cover Plate and 1/2 inch ratchet drive. the ceiling, as shown in Figure 3. This Step 4. Replace the Protective Cap by air gap is necessary for proper opera- pushing it upwards until it bottoms out tion of the sprinkler by allowing heat against the Support Cup. The Protec flow from a fire to pass below and tive Cap helps prevent damage to the above the Cover Plate to help assure Deflector and Guide Pins during ceiling appropriate release of the Cover Plate installation and/or during application of in a fire situation. If the ceiling is to be the finish coating of the ceiling. It may repainted after the installation of the also be used to locate the center of the Sprinkler, care must be exercised to clearance hole by gently pushing the ensure that the new paint does not seal ceiling material against the center point off any of the air gap. of the Cap. Factory painted Cover Plates must not Note: As long as the protective Cap be repainted.They should be replaced, remains in place, the system is consid if necessary, by factory painted ered to be "Out Of Service." units. Non-factory applied paint may adversely delay or prevent sprinkler Step 5. After the ceiling has been operation in the event of a fire. completed with the 2-1/2 inch(63 mm) Do not pull the Cover Plate relative to diameter clearance hole and in prep the Enclosure.Separation may result. aration for installing the Cover Plate Assembly,remove and discard the Pro- Sprinklers which are found to be tective Cap,and verify that the Deflec- leaking or exhibiting visible signs of tor moves up and down freely. corrosion must be replaced. If the sprinkler has been damaged and Automatic sprinklers must never be the Deflector does not move up and painted, plated, coated, or otherwise down freely,replace the entire sprinkler altered after leaving the factory. Modi- assembly. Do not attempt to modify or fled or over heated sprinklers must be repair a damaged sprinkler. replaced. TFP442 Page 6 of 6 Limited Ordering Warranty Procedure For warranty terms and conditions,visit Contact your local distributor for www.tyco-fire.com. availability. When placing an order, indicate the full product name and part number(P/N). Sprinkler Assemblies Specify: Series LFII (TY3596) 4.9K Residential Concealed Pendent Sprin- kler without Cover Plate Assembly, P/N 51-112-1-160 Cover Plate Assemblies Specify: Cover Plate Assembly with (specify) finish for the Series LFII (TY3596) 4.9K Residential Concealed Pendent Sprinkler, P/N(specify): Ivory(RAL1015) P/N 56-202-0-135 Beige(RAL1001) P/N 56-202-2-135 Pure White (RAL9010) P/N 56-202-3-135 Signal White**(RAL9003) P/N 56-202-4-135 Grey White(RAL9002) P/N 56-202-5-135 Brown(RAL8028) P/N 56-202-6-135 Black(RAL9005) P/N 56-202-7-135 Brushed Brass P/N 56-202-8-135 Brushed Chrome P/N 56-202-9-135 Custom Paint P/N 56-202-X-135 * Eastern Hemisphere sales only "'Previously known as Bright White Note: All Custom Cover Plates are painted using Sherwin Williams Interior Latex Paint. Contact Tyco Customer Service with any questions related to custom orders. Sprinkler Wrench Specify: W-Type 18 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-000-1-265 GLOBAL HEADQUARTERS I 1400 Pennbrook Parkway,Lansdale,PA 19446 I Telephone+1-215-362-0700 Copyright©2015 Tyco Fire Products,LP. All rights reserved. Vico TEFLON is trademark of The DuPont Corporation. Vico Protection Products VicoWorldwide Fire Protection Contacts www.tyco-fire.com Products Series RFII — 5.6 K-factor "Royal Flush II" Concealed Pendent Sprinklers Quick & Standard Response, Standard Coverage General tective Cap can be used to mark the center of the ceiling hole into plaster ink Description board or ceiling tiles by gently pushing p the ceiling product against the Pro- tective Cap. When ceiling installs- i —"^'"" ",� The TYCO Series RFII 5.6 K-factor, tion is complete,the Protective Cap is ii1111111111r— "*4. "Royal Flush II" Concealed Pendent v Sprinklers Quick Response (3-mm removed and the Cover Plate/Retainer ` bulb) and Standard Response (5-mm Assembly is installed. bulb), are decorative sprinklers fea- As an option,the Series RFII Standard turing a flat cover plate designed to Response(5-mm bulb)"Royal Flush II" conceal the sprinkler.These sprinklers Concealed Pendent Sprinklers can be are optimal for architecturally sensi- fitted with a silicone Air and Dust Seal. tive areas such as hotel lobbies, office (Refer to Figure 5.) The Air and Dust buildings,churches,and restaurants. Seal is intended for sensitive areas Technical Each sprinkler includes a Cover Plate/ where it is desirable to prevent air and Retainer Assembly and aSprinkler/ dust from the area above the ceiling to Data Support Cup Assembly. The separa- Pass through the cover plate. Sprinkler Approvals ble, two-piece assembly design pro NOTICE Approvals apply only to the service vides the following benefits: conditions indicated in the Design Criteria • Allows installation of the sprinklers The Series RFII Concealed Pendent section. and pressure testing of the fire pro- Sprinklers described herein must be • TY3531 (3 mm Bulb)is UL Listed, tection system prior to installation of installed and maintained in compliance C-UL Listed and NYC Approved a suspended ceiling or application of with this document and with the appli (MEA 353-01-E)as Quick Response. the finish coating to a fixed ceiling. cable standards of the National Fire Protection Association, in addition to • TY3531 (3 mm Bulb)is VdS Approved • Permits the removal of suspended the standards of any authorities having (Certificate No.G4090007). ceiling panels for access to building jurisdiction.Failure to do so may impair • TY3531 (3 mm Bulb)is FM and service equipment without having the performance of these devices. LPCB Approved(Ref.No.094a/10) to first shut down the fire protection The owner is responsible for maintain as Standard Response. system and remove sprinklers. ing their fire protection system and Note:FM and LPCB do not approve • Provides for 1/2 inch (12,7 mm) devices in proper operating condition. concealed sprinklers for quick of vertical adjustment to allow a The installing contractor or sprinkler response. measure of flexibility in determining manufacturer should be contacted with • TY3551 (5 mm Bulb)is UL Listed, the length of fixed piping to cut for any questions. C-UL Listed,FM Approved,LPCB the sprinkler drops. Approved(Ref.No.094a/9),and The Series RFII Sprinklers are shipped Sprinkler NYC Approved(MEA 353-01-E)as with a Disposable Protective Cap.The Standard Response. Protective Cap is temporarily removed Identification Approvals for Air and Dust Seal during installation and replaced to help UL and C-UL Listed for use with the RFII protect the sprinkler during ceiling Number (SIN) Standard Response Concealed Sprinkler installation or finish.The tip of the Pro- (TY3551) TY3531 — 3 mm bulb Maximum Working Pressure TY3551 — 5 mm bulb Maximum 250 psi(17,3 bar)by UL, IMPORTANT C-UL,and NYC Always refer to Technical Data Maximum 175 psi(12,1 bar)by FM,VdS, Sheet TFP700 for the "INSTALLER and LPCB WARNING"that provides cautions Temperature Rating with respect to handling and instal- 155°F(68°C)Sprinkler with lation of sprinkler systems and corn- 139°F(59°C)Plate ponents. Improper handling and 200°F(93°C)Sprinkler with installation can permanently damage 165°F(74°C)Plate a sprinkler system or its compo- nents and cause the sprinkler to fail Discharge Coefficient to operate in a fire situation or cause K.5.6 GPM/psis 2(80,6 LPM/bars z) it to operate prematurely. Page 1 of 4 APRIL 2016 TFP181 TFP181 Page 2 of 4 Adjustment 1/2" NPT 9 9" SEALING 1/2 inch(12,7 mm) , ASSEMBLY Finishes See the Ordering Procedure section. Physical Characteristics FRAME A.../ —; ,.. ' Frame Bronze � I� ` ' CAP Support Cup Chrome Plated Steel '�`; '' Guide Pins Stainless Steel ►moi Deflector Bronze SUPPORT Compression Screw Brass CUP WITH I BULB Bulb Glass ROLL FORMED Cap Bronze or Copper Sealing Assembly..Beryllium Nickel w/TEFLON THREADS CoverPlate Brass O ` ' O RetainerI Brass I /\ —/\ I I COMPRESSION Ejection Spring Stainless Steel — \ SCREW GUIDE i Design PINS(2) I '—A '4 Aill ' CriteriaDEFLECTOR (DROPPED The TYCO Series RFII 5.6 K-factor, DEFLECTOR i i i iPOSITION) "Royal Flush II" Concealed Pendent c-�J_r �_s-D� Sprinklers are intended for fire protec- tion systems designed in accordance SPRINKLER/SUPPORT CUP with the standard installation rules ASSEMBLY recognized by the applicable Listing or Approval agency; for example, UL THREAD INTO i RETAINER Listing is based on NFPA 13 and VdS SUPPORT 2 I WITH THREAD Approval is based on the CEA 4001. CUP UNTIL \ CD O ) DIMPLES For more information on LPCB and VdS MOUNTING Approvals,contact Tyco Fire Protection SURFACE IS EJECTION Products at the following office: FLCSH WITH SPRING CEILING Enschede, Netherlands Telephone:31-53-428-4444 Fax:31-53-428-3377 —,"/ ---- The Series RFII Concealed Pendent Sprinklers are only listed and approved SOLDER COVER with the Series RFII Concealed Cover TABS(3) COVER PLATE/RETAINER PLATE Plates having a factory applied finish. ASSEMBLY FIGURE 1 NOTICE MODEL RFII CONCEALED SPRINKLER Do not use the Series RFII in applica- ASSEMBLY tions where the air pressure above the ceiling is greater than that below.Down Do not attempt to compensate for drafts through the Sprinkler/Support Installation insufficient adjustment in the Sprinkler Cup Assembly can delay sprinkler by under-or over-tightening the Sprin- The TYCO Series RFII 5.6 K-factor, operation in a fire situation. kler/Support Cup Assembly.Re-adjust "Royal Flush II" Concealed Pendent the position of the sprinkler fitting to Sprinklers must be installed in actor- p 0 eration dance with this section. suit. Step 1. Install the sprinkler only in the When exposed to heat from a fire, the General Instructions pendent position with the center-line Cover Plate, normally soldered to the Do not install any bulb-type sprinkler of the sprinkler perpendicular to the Retainer at three points, falls away to if the bulb is cracked or there is a loss mounting surface. expose the Sprinkler/Support Cup of liquid from the bulb. With the sprin- Assembly. kler held horizontally,a small air bubble Step 2.Remove the Protective Cap. The Deflector — supported bythe should be present.The diameter of the Step 3. With pipe thread sealant pp air bubble is approximately 1/16 inch applied to the pipe threads, hand- Guide Pins — then drops down to its (1,6 mm)for the 155°F(68°C)and 3/32 tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler operational position. inch(2,4 mm)for the 200°F(93°C)tern- fitting. The glass bulb contains a fluid that perature ratings. Step 4. Wrench-tighten the sprinkler expands when exposed to heat.When using only the RFII Sprinkler Wrench. the rated temperature is reached, the •A leak tight 1/2 inch NPT sprinkler (Refer to Figure 3.) Apply the RFII fluid expands sufficiently to shatter the Joint should be obtained by applying a Sprinkler Wrench to the Sprinkler as glass bulb,activating the sprinkler and minimum to maximum torque of 7 to 14 shown in Figure 3. allowing water to flow. ft.-lbs. (9,5 to 19,0 Nm). Higher levels of torque can distort the sprinkler Inlet with consequent leakage or impairment of the sprinkler. TFP181 Page 3 of 4 FACE OF CLEARANCE HOLE CLEARANCE _ SPRINKLER DIAMETER HOLE FITTING DIMENSION C \ J SPRINKLER ����� SUPPORT CUP i ASSEMBLY I IIiiiiI 1/2"(12,7 mm) 1 A THREADED h Ai 110111 ii jrD ADJUSTMENT r '( 1■1 FACE o _-- — OF CEILING, RETAINING RING ,' r %r."' SURFACE / t ' j FIGURE 4 \ �I I \ I I / DISPOSABLE PROTECTIVE CAP ‘,\ . •-- -.-m1 :-... Step 5. Replace the Protective Cap by pushing it upwards until it bottoms J L J L out against the Support Cup. (Refer -� T-- r-� to Figure 4.)The Protective Cap helps 3/16"to 11/16" MANUFACTURER DEFLECTOR COVER PLATE prevent damage to the Deflector and (4,8 to 17,5 mm) PRESET GAP IN DROPPED RETAINER Arms during ceiling installation and/or REFERENCE 3/32"(2,4 mm) POSITION ASSEMBLY finish.You can also use the Protective Cap to locate the center of the clear- COVER PLATE COVER PLATE ance hole by gently pushing the ceiling -PROFILE DEPTH DIAMETER material up against the center point of DIMENSION B DIMENSION A the Protective Cap. A:3-1/4 inches(82,6 mm) C:2-3/8 to 2-5/8 inches(60,3 to 66,7 mm) NOTICE B:3/16 inches(4,8 mm) D:1-3/4 to 2-1/4 inches(44,5 to 57,2 mm) As long as the Protective Cap remains in place,the system is considered "Out FIGURE 2 of Service". SERIES CONCEALED SPRINKLER INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Step 6. After the ceiling has been completed with the 2-1/2 inch (63,5 mm) diameter clearance hole and in preparation for installing the Cover Plate/Retainer Assembly, remove and Il=l FRAME IjIIIIIIrl discard the Protective Cap. Verify that ARM % the Deflector moves up and down freely. If the Sprinkler is damaged and the ' SRT 1.1710r;(1: Deflector does not move up and down - CUI ) freely, replace the entire Sprinkler. r� Do not attempt to modify or repair a ����� j ��� damaged sprinkler. _- — MI / Step 7. When installing an Air and Dust Seal,refer to Figure 5;otherwise, 7/8"(23 mm) 0 proceed to Step 8. To attach the Air .iminSQUARE and Dust Seal, verify the angle of the outside edge of the seal is oriented _ according to Figure 5.Start the edge of ALIGN �J � the Retainer in the grooved slot of the ARROWS WITH Air and Dust Seal and continue around FRAME ARMS i L the retainer until the entire Air and Dust •,: i Seal is engaged. l r ACCEPTS 0 1/2"SOCKET �—r DRIVE FIGURE 3 RFII SPRINKLER WRENCH TFP181 Page 4 of 4 Step 8. Screw on the Cover Plate/ SUPPORT SPRINKLER FACE OF ORIENT Retainer Assembly until the Retainer CUP CEILING �—SEAL (shown in Figure 2)or the Air and Dust -- BEVEL AS Seal (shown in Figure 5) contacts the 0 ;l�i� SHOWN ceilin .Do not continue tscrew on the 1 COVER j� /) Cover Plate/Retainer Assembly so that PLATE it lifts a ceiling panel out of its normal ` + RETAINER position. If you cannot engage the i �), ASSEMBLY �� Cover Plate/Retainer Assembly with i� Xthe Support Cup or you cannot engage j - the Cover Plate/Retainer Assembly suf- - ' AIRficiently to contact the ceiling,you must ; reposition the Sprinkler Fitting. /� .1.1, ���� �� AND DUST � I L ,. .! SEAL �------_ LIP OF COVER Care and RETAINER PLATE FIGURE 5 Maintenance OPTIONAL AIR AND DUST SEAL FOR SERIES RFII(TY3551) The TYCO Series RFII 5.6 K-factor, "Royal Flush II" Concealed Pendent Care must be exercised to avoid Ordering Sprinklers must be maintained and damage to the sprinklers before, serviced in accordance with this during, and after installation. Sprin- Procedure section. klers damaged by dropping, striking, wrench twist/slippage,or the like,must Contact your local distributor for Before closing a fire protection system be replaced. Also, replace any sprin- availability. When placing an order, main control valve for maintenance kler that has a cracked bulb or that has indicate the full product name. work on the fire protection system lost liquid from its bulb. (Ref. Installa- that it controls, obtain permission to tion Section.) Sprinkler/Support Cup Assembly shut down the affected fire protection Exercise care to avoid damage to sprin Specify: Series RFII (specify SIN), system from the proper authorities K=5.6, "Royal Flush II" Pendent Sprin- and notify all personnel who may be klers before, during, and after instal klers (specify) temperature rating and lation. Replace sprinklers damaged affected by this action. by dropping, striking, wrench twist (specify)finish, P/N*(specify): Absence of the Cover Plate/Retainer ing, wrench slipping, or the like. Also, 155°F(68°C) 200°F(93°C) Assembly can delay sprinkler opera- replace any sprinkler that has a cracked TY3531 51-792-1-155 51-792-1-200 tion in a fire situation. bulb or that has lost liquid from its bulb. TY3551 51-790-1-155 51-790-1-200 (Refer to the Installation section.) When properly installed, there is a ` Use Suffix"1"for ISO 7-1 connection;for example, nominal 3/32 inch (2,4 mm) air gap If you must remove a sprinkler, do not 51-792-1-155-1 between the lip of the Cover Plate and reinstall it or a replacement without Separately Ordered Cover Plate/ the ceiling,as shown in Figure 2. reinstalling the Cover Plate/Retainer Retainer Assembly: Assembly. If a Cover Plate/Retainer This air gap is necessary for proper Assembly becomes dislodged during Specify: (temperature rating from operation of the sprinkler. If the ceiling service, replace it immediately. below) Series RFII Concealed Cover requires repainting after sprinkler Plate with (finish), P/N (specify). The owner is responsible for the installation, ensure that the new paint inspection,testing,and maintenance of 139°F(59°C)(a) 165°F(74°C)(b) Grey White does not seal off any of the air gap. their fire rotection s stem and devices p Y (RAL9002) 56-792-0-135 56-792-0-165 Do not pull the Cover Plate relative to in compliance with this document, as Brass 56-792-1-135 56-792-1-165 the Enclosure.Separation may result. well as with the applicable standards Pure White(c) Sprinklers which are found to be of the National Fire Protection Asso- (RAL9010) 56-792-3-135 56-792-3-165 leaking or exhibiting visible signs of ciation (e.g., NFPA 25), in addition to Signal White corrosion must be replaced. the standards of any other authorities (RAL9003) 56-792-4-135 56-792-4-165 having jurisdiction.Contact the install- Jet Black Automatic sprinklers must never be ing contractor or sprinkler manufac- (RAL9005) 56-792-6-135 59-792-6-165 painted, plated, coated, or other- turer regarding any questions. Brushed wise altered after leaving the factory. Chrome 56-792-8-135 56-792-8-165 Modified sprinklers must be Automatic sprinkler s y stems should be Chrome 56-792-9-135 56-792-9-165 inspected,tested,and maintained by a Custom 56-792-X-135 56-792-X-165 Sprinklers that have been exposed replaced.tonInspection products of combustion, but qualified Ih local re Service is accor- corrosived/o (a) For use with 155°F(68°C)sprinklers. dance with local requirements and/or have not operated,should be replaced national code. (b) For use with 200°F(93°C)sprinklers. if they cannot be completely cleaned (c) Eastern Hemisphere sales only. by wiping the sprinkler with a cloth or ' by brushing it with a soft bristle brush. Limited Sprinkler Wrench Specify: RFII Sprinkler Wrench, Warranty P/N 56-000-1-075 For warranty terms and conditions,visit Air and Dust Seal www.tyco-fire.com. Specify:Air and Dust Seal, P/N 56-908-1-001 GLOBAL HEADQUARTERS 1 1400 Pennbrook Parkway,Lansdale,PA 19446 I Telephone+1-215-362-0700 Copyright©2016 Tyco Fire Products,LP. All rights reserved. *[SCO TEFLON is trademark of The DuPont Corporation Fire Protection Products 111111 Worldwide Fire Protection Contacts www.tyco-fire.com Products Series DS-1 Dry-Type Sprinklers 5.6K Pendent, Upright, and Horizontal Sidewall Quick Response, Standard Coverage General The owner is responsible for maintain- ing their fire protection system and fIN Description devices in proper operating condi- tion. Contact the installing contrac TYCO Series DS-1 Dry Type Sprinklers, tor or product manufacturer with any 5.6K Pendent, Upright, and Horizontal questions. Sidewall,Quick Response(3 mm bulb) The Series DS-1 Dry-Type Sprinklers and Standard Coverage are decora- must only be installed in fittings that ) , tive glass bulb automatic sprinklers meet the requirements of the Design designed for commercial use.Dry type Criteria section. sprinklers are typically used where: • pendent sprinklers are required on Sprinkler dry pipe systems that are exposed to freezing temperatures (e.g., Identification sprinkler drops from unheated r INS portions of buildings) Numbe s (S • sprinklers and/or a portion of the 3/4 Inch NPT: connecting piping are exposed to TY3935 -Pendent freezing temperatures;for example, TY3735 -Horizontal Sidewall ; t sprinkler drops from wet systems 1 Inch NPT: into freezers, sprinkler sprigs TY3235 -Pendent from wet systems into unheated TY3135 -Upright attics, or horizontal piping exten- TY3335 -Horizontal Sidewall sions through a wall to protect an Technical unheated areas such as loading f docks, overhangs, and building Data '•� exteriors • sprinklers are used on systems that Approvals ;. are seasonally drained to avoid UL and C-UL Listed freezing(e.g.,vacation areas) FM Approved NYC Approved under MEA 352-01-E NOTICE Previous New York City Approval and Finishes MEA certification numbers apply to Sprinkler:Natural Brass,Chrome Plated, The Series DS-1 Dry Type Sprinklers described herein must be installed product as shown in this data sheet. or Signal White In accordance with Section BC 3502 and maintained in compliance with thisof the Construction Code,current NYC Escutcheon:Signal White,Chrome Plated, document,as well as with the applica- Approvals for use in the City of New or Brass Plated ble standards of the National Fire Pro- York apply to all products that contain Physical Characteristics tection Association(NFPA),in addition UL or FM Approvals and Listings; Inlet Copper to the standards of any authorities Plug Copper therefore, not all products currently Yoke stainless steel having jurisdiction. Failure to do so Approved for use in the City of New may impair the performance of these York will carryan actual MEA Certifi- casing Galvanized Carbon Steel devices. Insert Bronze cation number. Bulb Seat Stainless Steel Refer to Tables A and B. Bulb Glass IMPORTANT Compression Screw Bronze Always refer to Technical Data Maximum Working Pressure Deflector Bronze Sheet TFP700 for the "INSTALLER 175 psi(12,1 bar) Frame Bronze WARNING" that provides cautions Inlet Thread Connections Guide Tube Stainless Steel with respect to handlingand instal- 3/4 Inch NPT Water Tube Stainless Steel Spring Stainless Steel lation of sprinkler systems and corn- Plug Spring* Stainless Steel ponents. Improper handling and 1 Inch NPT or ISO 7-R 1 Sealing Assembly. Beryllium Nickel w/TEFLON installation can permanently damage Discharge Coefficient Escutcheon Carbon Steel a sprinkler system or its compo- K=5.6 gpm/psil/2(80,6 Ipm/barl/2) *For 3/4 inch NPT only nents and cause the sprinkler to fail Temperature Ratings to operate in a fire situation or cause Refer to Tables A and B it to operate prematurely. Page 1 of 10 June 2015 TFP510 TFP51 O Page 2 of 10 PLUG WITH ,` INLET Operation SEALING / lt When the TYCO Series DS-1 Dry-Type �� ASSEMBLY iYOKE Sprinklers,5.6K Pendent,Upright,and 01 in ,�jp Horizontal Sidewall, Quick Response PLUG !II INLET (3 mm bulb) and Standard Coverage k;�fi are in service,water is prevented from SPRING t r BAND entering the assembly by the Plug with Sealing Assembly in the Inlet of the WATER SPRING Sprinkler. See Figures 1 and 2. TUBE The glass bulb contains a fluid that 1 1 CASING expands when exposed to heat.When �' the rated temperature is reached, the 1 I'� fluid ex ands to shatter GUIDE i�� 1 INSERT P sufficiently TUBE ,'�-�4 the glass Bulb, and the Bulb Seat is �, released. BULB Ek� `i SEAT The compressed Spring is then able FRAME ;m �! to expand and push the Water Tube as ,� 1.0 well as the Guide Tube outward. This �" '� 3 mm BULB action simultaneously pulls inward on VENT HOLE 11.1 the Yoke, withdrawing the Plug with 'i. Sealing Assembly from the Inlet and COMPRESSION allowing the sprinkler to activate and DEFLECTOR .� SCREW flow water. FIGURE 1 Design SERIES DS-1,3/4 INCH NPT,DRY-TYPE SPRINKLER ASSEMBLY Criteria 0 INLET The TYCO Series DS-1 Dry-Type Sprin- PLUG WITH �"` J/� ,Q : j klers, 5.6K Pendent, Upright,and Hor- SEALING t Y izontal Sidewall, Quick Response ASSEMBLY ; �' (3 mm bulb) and Standard Cover- t YOKE age are intended for use in fire sprin- SPRING 4 ■ kler systems designed in accordance with the standard installation rules O {� INLET recognized by the applicable Listing BAND or Approval agency; for example, WATER UL Listing is based on NFPA 13 TUBE requirements. 11114 1 CASING 11 ; Sprinkler Fittings %1 Install the 3/4 or 1 inch NPT Series GUIDE ;1�= 1 INSERT DS-1 Dry-Type Sprinklers in the 3/4 or TUBE 1 if►--1 1 inch NPT outlet or run of the follow- 1, 1 ing fittings: Ei`'I `1 BULB • malleable or ductile iron threaded FRAME IYY m pi SEAT tee fittings that meet the dimen- y i ' sional requirements of ANSI B16.3 pm q .':_. .l (Class 150) 11011113 mm BULBVENT HOLE • cast iron threaded tee fittings that � �. meet the dimensional requirements :,r COMPRESSION of ANSI B16.4(Class 125) DEFLECTOR SCREW Do not install the DS-1 Sprinklers FIGURE 2 into an elbow fittings. The Inlet of the SERIES DS-1, 1 INCH NPT AND ISO 7-R 1 DRY-TYPE SPRINKLER sprinkler can contact the interior of the ASSEMBLY elbow, potentially damaging the Inlet seal. The unused outlet of the threaded tee is plugged as shown in Figure 13. You can also install the Series DS-1 Dry-Type Sprinklers in the 3/4 or 1 inch NPT outlet of a GRINNELL Figure 730 Mechanical Tee. However, the use of the Figure 730 Tee for this arrangement is limited to wet pipe systems. TFP51O Page 3 of 10 3/4 Inch NPT TY3935 Pendent TY3935 Pendent TY3735 Horizontal Sidewall with Top of Deflector-to-Ceiling with Recessed Escutcheon with Standard Escutcheon Distance of 4 to 12 inches (Figure 4) (Figure 3) (100 to 300 mm) with Deep Escutcheon with Standard Escutcheon (Figure 5) (Figure 8) without Escutcheon with Deep Escutcheon (Figure 6) (Figure 9) without Escutcheon (Figure 10) Temperature Bulb Finish Rating Color Code Natural Chrome White Natural Chrome White Natural Chrome White Brass Plated Polyester Brass Plated Polyester Brass Plated Polyester 135°F(57°C) Orange 155°F(68°C) _ Red 175°F(79°C) Yellow 1,2 1,2 1*,2* 200°F(93°C) Green 286°F(141°C) Blue Notes: 1. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories,Inc.(maximum order length of 48 inches) 2. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories for use in Canada(maximum order length of 48 inches) * Light and Ordinary Hazard occupancies only TABLE A 3/4 INCH NPT SERIES DS-1 QUICK RESPONSE, STANDARD COVERAGE DRY-TYPE SPRINKLERS LABORATORY LISTINGS AND APPROVALS 1 Inch NPT(and ISO 7-R 1) TY3235 Pendent TY3235 Pendent TY3335 Horizontal Sidewall with Top of Deflector-to-Ceiling with Recessed Escutcheon with Standard Escutcheon Distance of 4 to 12 inches (Figure 4) (Figure 3) (100 to 300 mm) with Deep Escutcheon with Standard Escutcheon (Figure 5) (Figure 8) without Escutcheon with Deep Escutcheon (Figure 6) (Figure 9) TY3135 Upright without Escutcheon without Escutcheon5 (Figure 10) (Figure 7) Temperature Bulb Finish Rating Color Code Natural Chrome White Natural Chrome White Natural Chrome White Brass Plated Polyester Brass Plated Polyester Brass Plated Polyester 135°F(57°C) Orange 155°F(68°C) Red 1,2,3,4 1,2,4 175°F(79°C) Yellow 1,2,3,4 1,2,4 1*,2*,3**,4 1*,2*,4 200°F(93°C) Green 286°F(141°C) Blue 1,2,4 Notes: 1. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories,Inc.(maximum order length of 48 inches) 2. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories for use in Canada(maximum order length of 48 inches) 3. Approved by Factory Mutual Research Corporation(maximum order length of 48 inches) 4. Approved by the City of New York under MEA 352-01-E 5. The Upright Sprinkler without an Escutcheon(TY3135)is available in 1 inch NPT only ' Light and Ordinary Hazard occupancies only " Light Hazard occupancies only TABLE B 1 INCH NPT(AND ISO 7-R 1)SERIES DS-1 QUICK RESPONSE,STANDARD COVERAGE DRY-TYPE SPRINKLERS LABORATORY LISTINGS AND APPROVALS TFP510 Page 4 of 10 SPRINKLER FITTING SPRINKLER FITTING SPRINKLER FITTING (REFER TO DESIGN (REFER TO DESIGN (REFER TO DESIGN CRITERIA SECTION) CRITERIA SECTION) CRITERIA SECTION) FACE OF FACE OF FACE OF SPRINKLER SPRINKLER SPRINKLER FITTING FITTING FITTING \ _J \ L_ _J \ _J f f f ORDER LENGTHS: ORDER LENGTHS: ORDER LENGTHS: 3-1/2"DIA. 2-3/4"to 48" 3-3/4"to 48" 1/2"to 46" (88,9 mm) 1-4,5 mm) (95,3 to 1219,2 mm) (12,7 to 1168,4 mm) 1 (69,9 to'(6,4 mm) (44,5 mm) IN 1/4"(6,4 mm) 2-1/2"DIA. IN 1/4"(6,4 mm) IN 1/4"(6,4 mm) 2-1/4"DIA. INCREMENTS h(63,5 mm)� INCREMENTS2 INCREMENTS (57,2 mm) INCREMENTS , FACE OF 'I I �l CEILING [� I %� U 11 FACE OF . ■ FACE OF V CEILING I /// i�■l CEILING ;1:'� ;1:� 4-1/4"±1/8" I_u -; (108,0±3,2 mm) 2-3/16"±1/8" 3" DIA. 1-3/8"±1/8" 2-7/8" DIA. 11'1 (55,6±3,2 mm) (76,2 mm) (34,9±3,2 mm) (73,0 mm)_ II k., FIGURE 3 FIGURE 4 FIGURE 5 PENDENT TY3235 AND TY3935 PENDENT TY3235 AND TY3935 PENDENT TY3235 AND TY3935 WITH STANDARD WITH RECESSED WITH DEEP ESCUTCHEON ESCUTCHEON ESCUTCHEON SPRINKLER FITTING 1 / (REFER TO DESIGN TOP OF CRITERIA SECTION) DEFLECTOR FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING \ :_., ORDER LENGTHS: 1 5"to 48"0(127, to 1219,2 mm) ORDER LENGTHS: IN 1/4"(6,4 mm) 5"to 48" INCREMENTS (127,0 to 1219,2 mm) IN 1/4"(6,4 mm) INCREMENTSFACE OF SPRINKLERFITTING MINIMUM \1-3/4"(44,5 mm / -J DEFLECTOR TO CEILING SPRINKLER FITTING I (REFER TO DESIGN f CRITERIA SECTION) FIGURE 6 FIGURE 7 PENDENT TY3235 AND TY3935 UPRIGHT TY3135 WITHOUT WITHOUT ESCUTCHEON ESCUTCHEON 1 INCH NPT ONLY TFP510 Page 5 of 10 ORDER LENGTHS: The configuration shown in Figure 12 2-3/4"to 48"(69,9 to 1219,2 mm) is only applicable for wet pipe systems IN 1/4"(6,4 mm)INCREMENTS where the sprinkler fitting and water- _ I __ _ 2-3/8"±1/8" filled pipe above the sprinkler fitting are (60,3±3,2 mm) not subject to freezing and where the FACE OF FACE OF length of the Dry Type Sprinkler has the — SPRINKLER MOUNTING— minimum exposure length depicted in FITTING SURFACE Figure 11.Refer to the Exposure Length section. 1 For wetPsystem iP s stem installations of ar .., 3"DIA. the 1 inch NPT Series DS-1 Dry-Type 1111 (76,2 mm) Sprinklers connected to CPVC piping, \� 3.5° use only the following TYCO CPVC 1-3/4"DIA. \ fittings: SPRINKLER FITTING (44,5 mm) (REFER TO DESIGN CENTERLINE 5/16" • 1" x 1" NPT Female Adapter (P/N CRITERIA SECTION) OF WATERWAY (7,9 mm) 80145) FIGURE 8 • 1" x 1" x 1" NPT Sprinkler Head TY3335 AND TY3735 HORIZONAL SIDEWALL Adapter Tee(P/N 80249) WITH STANDARD ESCUTCHEON For wet pipe system installations of the the 3/4 inch NPT Series DS-1 Sprin- ORDER LENGTHS: klers connected to CPVC piping, use 1/2"to 45-3/4"(12,7 to 1162,1 mm) in the 3/4" x 3/4" NPT Female Adapter IN 1/4"(6,4 mm)INCREMENTS (P/N 80142). i 4-1/4"±1/8" FACE OF (108,0±3,2 mm) For dry pipe system installations, use 2-1/2"DIA. only the side outlet of maximum 2-1/2- FACE OF (63,5 mm) MOUNTING SPRINKLER SURFACE inch reducing tee when locating the FITTING Series DS-1 Sprinklers directly below Ithe branch line. Otherwise, use the ,-,, t configuration shown in Figure 13 to ii3-1/2"DIA. assure complete water drainage from � (88,9 mm) above the Series DS-1 Dry-Type Sprin- -� 3.5° klers and the branch line. Failure to do ` 1 so may result in pipe freezing and water SPRINKLER FITTING \ damage. (REFER TO DESIGN CENTERLINE 5/16" CRITERIA SECTION) OF WATERWAY (7,9 mm) NOTICE FIGURE 9 Do not install the Series DS-1 Dry-Type TY3335 AND TY3735 HORIZONAL SIDEWALL Sprinkler into any other type fitting WITH DEEP ESCUTCHEON without first consulting the Technical Services Department.Failure to use the ORDER LENGTHS: appropriate fitting may result in one of — 5-1/2"to 48"(139,7 to 1219,2 mm) the following: IN 1/4"(6,4 mm)INCREMENTS MINIMUM • failure of the sprinkler to operate 2-1/4"(57,2 mm) properly due to formation of ice FACE OF - DEFLECTOR TO over the inlet Plug or binding of the SPRINKLER MOUNTING Inlet Plug FITTING SURFACE • insufficient engagement of the Inlet pipe threads with consequent T leakage —,I.,,.1_ >1--- °� Drainage In accordance with the minimum 3.5 5/16" requirements of the National Fire Pro- SPRINKLER FITTING (7,9 mm) tection Association for dry pipe sprin- (REFER TO DESIGN CENTERLINE kler systems, branch, cross, and CRITERIA SECTION) OF WATERWAY feed-main piping connected to Dry Sprinklers and subject to freezing tem- FIGURE 10 peratures must be pitched for proper TY3335 AND TY3735 HORIZONAL SIDEWALL drainage. WITHOUT ESCUTCHEON Exposure Length When using Dry Sprinklers in wet pipe sprinkler systems to protect areas subject to freezing temperatures, use TFP51O Page 6 of 10 RUN FACE OF TO WET SIDE OUTLET e) ---1 SPRINKLER SYSTEM OUTLET PLUGGED FITTING PLUGGED SPRINKLER FITTING HEATED EXPOSURE HEATED TO DRY (SEE DESIGN AREA LENGTH AREA SYSTEM CRITERIA (SEE DESIGN SECTION) DSB-2 CRITERIA DSB-2 SPRINKLER AREA INTENDED SECTION) INTENDED FITTING SUBJECT DSB-2 FOR FREEZER FOR FREEZER (SEE DESIGN TO INTENDED STRUCTURES STRUCTURES CRITERIA FREEZING FOR FREEZER SECTION) STRUCTURES all P MI6 )k • r .., -, i 16 FIGURE 11 FIGURE 12 FIGURE 13 EXPOSURE SPRINKLER FITTING SPRINKLER FITTING LENGTH HEATED AREA UNHEATED AREA _ STRAP TIES 1-3/4" DIA. (ENDS ON (44,5 mm) OPPOSING CLEARANCE INSULATED SIDES OF HOLE FREEZER WRENCH BOOT) ADHESIVE STRUCTURE RECESS DSB-2 BOOT r• . Al DSB-2 1 ,,✓ ADHESIVE BOOT 1 =$ it , rl im (44 5 D A. li $ WRENCH FLAT 3'�1`� (.4,?CLEAANEII��� � HOLE I �� 111 INSULATED 41001 ,1 PUSH WRENCH FREEZER IN TO ENSURE L STRUCTURE ENGAGEMENT STRAP TIES DS-1 WITH SPRINKLER DS-1 (ENDS ON rui SHOWN WITH OPPOSING SHOWN WITH WRENCHING AREA ./ STANDARD STANDARD SIDES OF ESCUTCHEON ESCUTCHEON BOOT) FIGURE 14 FIGURE 15 FIGURE 16 MODEL DSB-2 SPRINKLER MODEL DSB-2 SPRINKLER W-TYPE 7 BOOT WITH PENDENT SERIES BOOT WITH SIDEWALL SERIES SPRINKLER DS-1 DRY SPRINKLER DS-1 DRY SPRINKLER WRENCH TFP51O Page 7of10 meet the requirements of the Design Temperatures for Heated Areal Criteria section. Refer to the Design Criteria section for other important Ambient Temperature 40°F 50°F 60°F requirements regarding piping design Exposed to (4°C) (10°C) (16°C) and sealing of the clearance space Discharge End of Sprinkler Minimum Exposed Barrel Length2, around the Sprinkler Casing. Inches Do not install any bulb-type sprinkler (mm) if the bulb is cracked or there is a loss ° of liquid from the bulb. With the sprin- 40°F 40 0 0 0 kler held horizontally,a small air bubble (4°C) should be present.The diameter of the 30°F air bubble is approximately 1/16 inch (-1°C) 0 0 0 (1,6 mm)for the 135°F(57°C)rating to 20°F 4 20°F inch(3,2 mm)for the 286°F(141°C) (-7°C) (100) 0 0 rating. • A leak-tight 3/4 inch NPT sprinkler 10°F 8 1 0 joint should be obtained by applying (-12°C) (200) (25) a minimum-to-maximum torque of 0°F 12 3 10 to 20 ft.-lbs. (13,4 to 26,8 Nm). (-18°C) (305) (75) 0 _ • A leak-tight 1 inch NPT sprinkler -10°F 14 4 1 joint should be obtained by applying (-23°C) (355) (100) (25) a minimum-to-maximum torque of 20 to 30 ft.-lbs. (26,8 to 40,2 Nm). -20°F 14 6 3 (-29°C) (355) (150) (75) Higher levels of torque can distort the sprinkler Inlet with consequent leakage -30°F 16 8 4 or impairment of the sprinkler. (-34°C) (405) (200) (100) Do not attempt to compensate for -40°F 18 8 4 insufficient adjustment in an Escutch- (-40°C) (455) (200) (100) eon Plate by under or over-tightening — the sprinkler. Re-adjust the position of -50°F 20 10 6 the sprinkler fitting to suit. (-46°C) (510) (255) (150) Step 1. Install pendent sprinklers only -60°F 20 10 6 in the pendent position, and install (-51°C) (510) (255) (150) upright sprinklers only in the upright position.The deflector of a pendent or Notes: upright sprinkler must be parallel to the 1. For protected area temperatures that occur between values listed above,use the next ceiling. cooler temperature. 2. These lengths are inclusive of wind velocities up to 30 mph(18,6 kph). Install horizontal sidewall sprinklers in the horizontal position with their cen- TABLE C terline of waterway perpendicular to EXPOSED SPRINKLER BARRELS IN WET PIPE SYSTEMS the back wall and parallel to the ceiling. MINIMUM RECOMMENDED LENGTHS Ensure the word"TOP"on the Deflector faces the ceiling. Table C to determine a sprinkler's can occur that might damage the dry- Step 2. With a non-hardening pipe- appropriate exposed barrel length to type sprinkler and/or prevent proper thread sealant such as TEFLON tape prevent water from freezing in the con- operation in a fire situation. applied to the Inlet threads, hand- necting pipes due to conduction. The Use of the Model DSB-2 Dry Sprin- tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler exposed barrel length measurement kler Boot,described in Technical Data fitting. must be taken from the face of the Sheet TFP591 and shown in Figures 14 Wrench-tightenp sprinkler fitting to the surface of the and 15,can provide the recommended Step3. the sprinkler structure or insulation that is exposed seal. using either: to the heated area. Refer to Figure 11 for an example. • a pipe wrench on the Inlet Band or Installation the Casing(Ref. Figures 1 and 2) Clearance Space • the W-Type 7 Sprinkler Wrench on In accordance with Section 8.4.9.2 of The TYCO Series DS-1 Dry-Type Sprin- the Wrench Flat(Ref. Figure 16) the 2010 edition of NFPA 13,when con- klers,5.6K Pendent,Upright,and Hori- necting an area subject to freezing and zontal Sidewall,Quick Response(3 mm Apply the Wrench Recess of the an area containing a wet pipe sprinkler bulb) and Standard Coverage must W-Type 7 Sprinkler Wrench to the system, the clearance space around be installed in accordance with this Wrench Flat. the sprinkler barrel of Dry-Type Sprin- section. klers must be sealed. Due to tempera- ture differences between two areas,the General Instructions potential for the formation of conden- The Series DS-1 Dry-Type Sprinklers sation in the sprinkler and subsequent must only be installed in fittings that ice build-up is increased. If this con- densation is not controlled,ice build-up TFP510 Page 8 of 10 Note: If sprinkler removal becomes if they cannot be completely cleaned Dry-Type Sprinklers, 5.6K Pendent, necessary, remove the sprinkler using by wiping the sprinkler with a cloth or Upright, and Horizontal Sidewall, the same wrenching method noted by brushing it with a soft bristle brush. Quick Response(3 mm bulb)and Stan- above.Sprinkler removal is easier when dard Coverage, specify the following a non-hardening sealant was used Care must be exercised to avoid information: and torque guidelines were followed. damage to the sprinklers before, during, and after installation.anon. Sk ng, • SIN: After removal,inspect the sprinkler for klers damaged by dropping, striking, Pendent-TY3935 or TY3235 damage, wrench twist/slippage,or the like,must Sidewall-TY3735 or TY3335 Step 4. After installing the ceiling or be replaced. Also, replace any sprin- Upright-TY3135 wall and applying a ceiling finish, slide kler that has a cracked bulb or that has • 5.6 K-factor on the outer piece of the escutcheon lost liquid from its bulb. (Ref. Installa- until it comes in contact with the ceiling tion Section.) • Deflector Style: or wall. Do not lift the ceiling panel out The owner is responsible for the Upright, Pendent, or Horizontal of its normal position. Sidewall inspection,testing,and maintenance of When using the Deep Escutcheon, their fire protection system and devices • Quick Response, Standard Cover- hold the outer piece in contact with the in compliance with this document, as age, Dry-Type Sprinkler mounting surface(ceiling or wall).Then well as with the applicable standards • Order Length: rotate the inner piece approximately 1/4 of the National Fire Protection Asso- Dry-Type Sprinklers are furnished turn with respect to the outer piece, dation (e.g., NFPA 25), in addition to based upon Order Length as to hold the Deep Escutcheon firmly the standards of any other authorities measured per Figures 3 through together. having jurisdiction.Contact the install- 10. After taking the measurement, ing contractor or product manufacturer round it to the nearest 1/4 inch Care and with any questions. increment. Automatic sprinkler systems are rec . Inlet Connections: Maintenance ommended to be inspected, tested, 3/4 Inch NPT, 1 Inch NPT, or ISO The TYCO Series DS 1 Dry-Type S rin and maintained by a qualified Inspec- 7-R 1 P tion Service in accordance with local klers,5.6K Pendent,Upright,and Hori- requirements and/or national codes. • Temperature Rating zontal Sidewall,Quick Response(3 mm bulb)and Standard Coverage must be Limited • Sprinkler Finish maintained and serviced in accordance • Escutcheon Style and Finish, as with this section. Warranty applicable Before closing a fire protection system • Part Number(P/N)from Table D main control valve for maintenance For warranty terms and conditions,visit The Upright Sprinkler without an work on the fire protection system www.tyco-fire.com. Escutcheon(TY3135)is available in that it controls, obtain permission to shut down the affected fire protection Ordering1 Inch NPT only. systems from the proper authorities Part Numbers are for 3/4 inch and and notify all personnel who may be Procedure 1 inch NPT standard order sprin- affected by this action. klers. Orders for all other sprinkler Absence of the outer piece of an Contact your local distributor for avail assemblies must be accompanied ability.When placingan order,indicate by a complete description. Refer to escutcheon, which is used to cover a the Price List for a complete listing clearance hole, can delay the time to the full product name and Part Number of Part Numbers. sprinkler operation in a fire situation. (P/N). A Vent Hole isprovided in the Bulb DS-1 Dry-Type Sprinklers Sprinkler Wrench ( g 2) When orderingTYCO Series DS-1 Specify: W-Type 7 Sprinkler Wrench, Seat Ref. Figures 1 and to indicate P/N 56-850-4-001 if the Dry-Type Sprinkler is remaining dry. Evidence of leakage from the Vent Sprinkler Boot Hole indicates potential leakage past Specify: Model DSB-2 Dry Sprinkler the Inlet seal and the need to remove Boot, P/N 63-000-0-002 the sprinkler to determine the cause of This Part Number includes one (1) leakage (e.g., an improper installation Boot, two (2) Strap Ties, and 1/3 oz. or an ice plug). Close the fire protec- of Adhesive (a sufficient quantity for tion system control valve and drain the installing one boot). system before removing the sprinkler. Sprinklers which are found to be leaking or exhibiting visible signs of corrosion must be replaced. Automatic sprinklers must never be painted, plated, coated, or other- wise altered after leaving the factory. Modified sprinklers must be replaced. Sprinklers that have been exposed to corrosive products of combustion, but have not operated,should be replaced TFP510 Page 9 of 10 PIN* 60 - XXX - X - XXX 1 ' SIN SPRINKLER ESCUTCHEON FINISH FINISH1 Pendent with Standard TY3935 01 WHITE TE Escutcheon(3/4"NPT) (Figure 3) 0 CHROME PLATED (RAL9003) HI 02 Pendent with Deep TY3935 1 NATURAL BRASS SIGNAL WHITE Escutcheon(3/4"NPT) (Figure 5) (RAL9003) 03 Pendent with Recessed TY3935 2 NATURAL BRASS BRASS PLATED Escutcheon(3/4"NPT) (Figure 4) SIGNAL WHITE SIGNAL WHITE 04 Pendent without TY3935 4 (RAL9003) (RAL9003) Escutcheon(3/4"NPT) (Figure 6) 9 CHROME PLATED CHROME PLATED 05 Sidewall with Standard TY3735 Escutcheon(3/4"NPT) (Figure 8) 06 Sidewall with Deep TY3735 TEMPERATURE SAMPLE Escutcheon(3/4"NPT) (Figure 9) RATINGS ORDER LENGTHS2 07 Sidewall without TY3735 0 135°F(57°C) Escutcheon(3/4"NPT) (Figure 10) 055 5.50" 1 155°F(68°C) 082 8.25" 36 Pendent with Standard TY3235 2 175°F(79°C) 180 18.00" Escutcheon(1"NPT) (Figure 3) 3 200°F(93°C) 187 18.75" 33 Pendent with Deep TY3235 4 286°F(141°C) Escutcheon(1"NPT) (Figure 5) 372 37.25" 37 Pendent with Recessed TY3235 480 48.00" Escutcheon(1"NPT) (Figure 4) - 32 Pendent without TY3235 Escutcheon(1"NPT) (Figure 6) 34 Sidewall with Standard TY3335 Escutcheon(1"NPT) (Figure 8) Notes: 43 Sidewall with Deep TY3335 1. Escutcheon Finish applies to sprinklers provided with escutcheons. Escutcheon(1"NPT) (Figure 9) 2. Dry-Type Sprinklers are furnished based upon"Order Length"as measured per Figures 3 through 10,as applicable,and for each individual sprinkler where it is to be installed.After the measurement is taken,round it to the 44 Sidewall without TY3335 nearest 1/4 inch increment. Escutcheon(1"NPT) (Figure 10) * Use Prefix"I"for ISO 7-R 1 Connection(e.g.,1-60-010-4-055). 38 Upright without TY3135 Escutcheon(1"NPT) (Figure 7) TABLE D SERIES DS-1 DRY-TYPE SPRINKLERS PART NUMBER SELECTION TFP510 Page 10 of 10 GLOBAL HEADQUARTERS 1 1400 Pennbrook Parkway,Lansdale,PA 194461 Telephone+1-215-362-0700 Copyright©2015 Tyco Fire Products,LP. All rights reserved. tyco TEFLON is trademark of the DuPont Corporation Fire Protection Products Pipe Hangers Fig. 200 - "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger (Cooper B-Line Fig. B317ONF) ®TOLCO Fig. 200F - "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger with Felt Lining (Cooper B-Line Fig. B317ONFF) c 113 us Fig. 200C - "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger with Plastic Coated (Cooper B-Line Fig. B317ONFC) LISTED Fig. 200S - "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger with Non-Captured Nut 40 Size Range: Fig. 200 - 1/2"(15mm)thru 8"(200mm)pipe Material: Steel, Pre-Galvanized to G90 specifications Function: For fire sprinkler and other general piping purposes. Knurled - Cv - swivel nut design permits hanger adjustment after installation. Features: ® ._ • (1/2"(15mm)thru 2"(50mm)) Flared edges ease installation for all pipe types and protect CPVC plastic pipe from abrasion.Captured design keeps adjusting nut from separating with hanger. Hanger is easily &l;' B J- installed around pipe. ®j A � �' For hanger with non-captured nut order Fig.200S. 1 • (21/2"(65mm)thru 8"(2oomm))Spring tension on nut holds it securely in ‘„,,,,,,,_,„,„--- hanger „,__ hanger before installation.Adjusting nut is easily removed. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories listed (1/2"(15mm)thru 8"(200mm)) = Fig.200-1/2.200-3/a in the USA(UL)and Canada(cUL)for steel and CPVC plastic pipe and FactoryMutual Engineering Approved (FM) 3/4"(20mm)thru 8" (200mm)). Fig.200-1 to 200-2 Fig.200-2�/z to 200-8 9� 9 Pp ( Conforms to Federal Specifications WW-H-171 E&A-A-1192A,Type 10 and Manufacturers Standardization Society ANSI/MSS SP-69&SP-58, Type 10. Maximum Temperature: 650°F(343°C) Finish: Pre-Galvanized.Stainless Steel .; materials will be supplied with(2)hex nuts �. in place of a knurl nut. ' Order : Figure number and e size Designed to meet or exceed requirements of Icii FM DS 2-0. ' ' Fig.200 Fig.200C Fig.200F Pipe Size Rod Size A B Approx.Wt./100 4-- Part No. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) Ls. (kg) 200-1/2 1/2" (15) 3/8"-16 31/8" (79.4) 25/8" (66.7) 11 (5.0) 200-3/4 3/4" (20) 3/8"-16 31/8" (79.4) 21/2" (63.5) 11 (5.0) 200-1 1" (25) 3/8"-16 33/8" (85.7) 25/8" (66.7) 12 (5.5) 200-11/4 11/4" (32) 3/8"-16 33/4" (94.0) 27/8" (73.0) 13 (5.9) 200-11/z 11/2" (40) 3/8"-16 37/8" (98.4) 27/8" (73.0) 14 (6.4) 200-2 2" (50) 3/8"-16 41/2" (114.3) 3" (76.3) 15 (6.9) 200-21/2 21/2" (65) 3/8"-16 55/8" (142.9) 41/8" (104.7) 27 (12.3) 200-3 3" (75) 3/8"-16 57/8" (149.1) 4" (101.6) 29 (13.3) Fig.200S 200-31/2 31/2" (90) 3/8"-16 73/8" (187.3) 51/4" (133.3) 34 (15.6) 200-4 4" (100) 3/8"-16 73/8" (187.3) 5" (127.0) 35 (16.0) 200-5 5" (125) 1/2"-13 91/8" (231.8) 61/4" (158.7) 66 (30.2) 200-6 6" (150) 1/2"-13 101/8" (257.2) 63/4" (171.4) 73 (33.4) 200-8 8" (200) 1/2"-13 131/8" (333.4) 83/4" (222.2) 136 (62.3) All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches.Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. 20 00. COOPER B-Line Pipe Clamps Fig. 28M - Offset Hanger& Restrainer for CPVC Plastic Pipe and IPS Pipe '"` Size Range: s/a" (20mm)thru 2" (32mm) � 1 C 0 us Material: Steel, Pre-Galvanized LISTED Function: Designed to be used as a hanger and restrainer for CPVC piping or steel piping where the"stand-off"design will ease installation by eliminating the need for wood blocking. Features: • Flared edge design protects CPVC pipe from any rough or abrasive surfaces • Unique snap-on design holds pipe firmly in place and allows retrofit type of installation •The"Stand-Off"design eliminates the need for wood block extension •Can be installed on horizontal or vertical piping regardless of mounting surface orientation A •Attaches easily to wood structure with two hex head self-threading screws furnished with product • Installs easily using rechargeable electrical driver with 5/16"(7.9mm)extension socket eliminating impact tool damage to pipe P1. •Attaches easily to steel, minimum 18 gauge(1.024mm)with(2)1/4"x 1"tek type self , drilling c tapping screws •cULus Listed as a hanger and a restrainer for fire sprinkler piping - Installation Note: When installed in wood structural members and threads from the B #10 x 1"screws are exposed, use Fig.27B speed nut to secure Approvals: Underwriters Laboratory Listed in the USA(UL)and Canada(cUL) to support automatic fire sprinkler systems. May be installed into wood using fasteners screws. Meets and exceeds the requirements of NFPA 13, 13R and 13D. Fig.28M satisfies the UL vertical restraint requirements where needed. J Fig.27B Order By: Figure number and pipe size / (2)Required Patent#7,744,042 ' t f ,sY 7 r__------- A 1----t- d Hanger and Restraint t° r -1 Application d a° d ----- Fig.27B / Restraint (1)Required A r_ High Side of Hanger - t'; 1,-----1 ,- kr. Restraint --gr-- Detail A Hanger Application Pipe Size A Hole Dia.B C Max Spacing* Approx.Wt./100 Part No. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lbs. (kg) 28M-3/4 3/4" (20) 2" (50.8) 3/16" (4.8) 35/16" (84.1) 5'-6" (1676) 9 (4.1) 28M-1 1" (25) 21/8" (54.0) 3/16" (4.8) 31/2" (88.9) 6'-0" (1829) 12 (5.4) 11/4" (32) 25/16" (58.7) 3/16" (4.8) 31/2" (88.9) 6'-6" (1981) 13 (5.9) 28M-11/2 11/2" (49) 27/16" (61.9) 3/16" (4.8) 37/8" (98.4) 7'-0" (2133) 14 (6.3) 28M-2 2" (50) 25/8" (66.7) 3/16 (4.8) 47/16' (112.7) 8'-0" (2438) 15 (6.8) *Required per NFPA 13 for CPVC plastic pipe All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches.Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. COOPER B-Line Upper Attachments Fig. B3199R - Ceiling Flange Fig. B3199RCT - Ceiling Flange Dura-Copper CoatedB23/3" (73.0) Size Range: 3/8"-16& 1/2"-13 rod //�-� (50.8)2 Material: Malleable Iron (Stainless Steel Type 304 available) Standard Finish: Plain or Electro Galvanized For c/a"Flat Head Machine Screws ,.., v B3199RCT is DURA-COPPER'"' ...or Wood Screws s Function: Designed for attaching a hanger or support rod toC..\ 13/8" beams,ceilings, or walls. (34.9) Order By: Figure number and finish. A (Rod or Pipe Thread) 111110 Hanger Rod or Pipe Not Included 40* B3199RCT B3199R Part No. Thread Size B Design Load Approx.Wt./100 A in. (mm) Lbs. (kN) Lbs. (kg) B3199R-3/s B3199RCT-3/8 3/8"-16 7/16" (11.1) 180 (.80) 13 (5.9) B3199R-1/2 B3199RCT-1/2 1/2"-13 1/2 (12.7) 180 (.80) 17 MI Fig. 78 - All Steel Ceiling Plate c 10 Size Range: 3/8"-16 rod e A Material: Pre-Galvanized Steel Function: Attachment to wood beams,ceilings, metal decks 4014 or walls. Can also be welded to steel beams. 441111 Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA(UL) 4and Canada(cUL).Additionally, UL has listed the Fig.78 with ► fasteners as shown in the table below. E Finish: Plain.Contact Cooper B-Line for alternative finishes D and materials. (2 Holes) Order By: Figure number, rod size and finishC (J` ,; Patent#5,702,077 LISTED i•; ' ° UL Listed Fastener Table _-, Pipe Size Qty_ Fastener Type Material 1/2"-2" 2 #14 x 11/4"A-point hex-washer-head sheet metal screw Wood 21/2"-4" 2 1/4"x 11/2"wood screws* Wood 1/2"-2" 2 1/4"x 1"tek screws Metal(18 gauge) 1/2"-2" 2 #14 x 11/4"A-point hex-washer-head sheet metal screw Wood 1/2"-2" 2 #14 x 2"A-point-hex-washer-head sheet metal screw Wood thru 5/8"gyp board No pre-drilling 41% Part No. Pipe Size A B C Hole Dia. D Thread Size Design Load Approx.Wt./100 in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) E Lbs. (kN) Lbs. (kg) 78-3/8 1/2"-2" (15-60) 3 (76.2) 21/8 (54.0) 11/8" (28.6) 5/16" (7.9) 3/8"-16 150* (0.67) 15 (6.8) ® Consult Factory For Data *With Safety Factor of 5.All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches.Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. COOPER B-Line DEWALT GENERAL INFORMATION ENGINEERED BY?oWerS GENERAL INFORMATION SECTION CONTENTS 111 General Information = MINI-UNDERCUT+TM Installation Instructions 2 ,10 Internally Threaded Undercut Anchor Reference Data(ASD) 3 Z PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Strength Design(SD) 4 Ordering Information 6 The Mini-Undercut+anchor is an internally threaded,self-undercutting anchor designed for performance in cracked and uncracked concrete.Suitable base materials include post-tension concrete(PT slabs), hollow-core precast concrete, normal-weight concrete,sand-lightweight concrete and concrete over steel deck.The Mini-Undercut+anchor is installed into a pre-drilled hole with a power tool and a setting tool.The result is an anchor which can provide consistent behavior at = shallow embedments as low as 3/4 of an inch.After installation a steel element is threaded into the anchor body. GENERAL APPLICATIONS AND USES MINI-UNDERCUT+ • Tension zones,seismic and • Fire Sprinkler&pipe supports THREAD VERSION wind loading applications • Cable Trays and Strut • UNC Thread 5 • Suspended Conduit •• Suspended Lighting ANCHOR MATERIALS ?I FEATURE AND BENEFITS • Zinc plated carbon steel + Ideal for precast hollow-core plank and post-tensioned concrete slabs ANCHOR SIZE RANGE(TYP.) C + Cracked concrete tested alternative to a mini dropin anchor • 3/8" E Z +ANSI carbide stop bit with enlarged shoulder for accurate drill depth SUITABLE BASE MATERIALS M +Anchor design allows for shallow embedment as low as 3/4 of an inch • Post-Tension Concrete a: + Internally threaded anchor for easy adjustment and removability of threaded rod or bolt • Precast Hollow-Core Plank c t'? • Normal-weight concrete + Drill and drive the anchor with one tool for fast anchor installation C APPROVALS AND LISTINGS aw r C Rpt + + � 5 0 • International Code Council, Evaluation Service(ICC-ES), ESR-3912 for Concrete and Hollow-Core �� . 1A1111_ precast slabs,code compliant with the 2015, IBC,2015 IRC,2012 IBC,2012 IRC,2009 IBC,and 9�, W At"0 FICA CCOS 2009 IRC. • • Tested in accordance with ACI 355.2(including ASTM E 488)and ICC-ES AC193 for use in CODE LISTED concrete under the design provisions of ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or ACI 318-11/08 Appendix D ICC ES ESR 3912 CONCRE1E • Evaluated and qualified by an accredited independent testing laboratory for recognition in cracked and uncracked concrete including seismic and wind loading(Category 1 anchors) • FM Approvals(Factory Mutual)—File No.J.I.3059197 DDA.. DEWALT DESIGN ASSIST GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS CSI Divisions:0316 00-Concrete Anchoring and 05 0519-Post Installed Concrete Anchors. Expansion anchors shall be Mini-Undercut+as supplied by DEWALT,Towson, MD.Anchors shall be installed in accordance with published instructions and the Authority Having Jurisdiction. F F Cl 3J O ti www.DEWA LT.com ,.i DEWALT ENGINEEREDBr?overs" ':" INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 11111 ilg INSTALLATION PROCEDURE(USING SDS Rt.' SYSTEM) 0 S r•o4-,D.; -D '"o f a I r t. o: a: r •r p r r' r .'r :ii V ° a b p Z . 9- r, }: i:,L _ r: r r r r r r 1411 f v G '..1.:.):,''...•DO n .1.. . .... .,. • t: I✓ ' f ac ga I I fnnnnl / 4 =i Using the required stop drill Remove dust and debris from Attach the required SDS setting Thread the rod or bolt Do not further tighten with W bit,drill a hole into the base the hole during drilling(e.g. tool to the hammer-drill.Mount by hand until snug tight adjustable wrench or similar tool. material to the required depth dust extractor)or following the open end of the anchor (minimum of 4 full rotations). X using the shoulder of the drill drilling(e.g.suction forced onto the setting tool.Drive the bit as a guide.The tolerances air)to extract loose particles anchor into the hole until the of the drill bit used must meet created by drilling. shoulder of the anchor is flush the requirements of ANSI with the base material. ', Standard B212.15. 2 o 1- Installation Installation Information for Mini-Undercut+Anchor'2,3 + 2 Nominal Anchor Diameter(inch) Anchor Property/Setting Information Symbol Units i 3/8 ♦+ VN 0.625 -cs Anchor outside diameter de (mm) (15.9) �. Internal thread diameter(UNC) d (mm) (9.5) Q co Nominal drill bit diameter don (m. 5/8m) ANSI . Z in. 3/4 I > Minimum nominal embedment depth hrwm �' (mm) (19) �,ca Effective embedment depth her (mm) (19) — a> Hole depth he in. 3/4 '' (mm) (19) Overall anchor length(before setting) t in. 15/16 �a (mm) (24) Approximate tool impact power(hammer-drill) - J 2.1 to 2.8 Minimum diameter of hole clearance in fixture for do in, 7/16 steel insert element(following anchor installation) Minimum member thickness in normal-weight hmin in. 2-1/2 concrete (mm) (64) Minimum cover thickness in hollow core concrete hmin,cae in. 1-1/2 slabs(see Hollow-Core concrete figure) (mm) (38) Critical edge distance Cao in. 2 (mm) (55 7) in. 2-1/2 Minimum edge distance Cmin (mm) (64) in. 3 Minimum spacing distance soon (mm) (76) Maximum installation torque TIM (N-m) (7) Effective tensile stress area Ase in,' 0.044 (undercut anchor body) (mm) (28.4) k 0 Minimum specified ultimate strength fota (N/mm2)psi 9(655) 0 000 g Minimum specified yield strength fya (N/mm2 7(5 24) z Uncracked concrete auncr lbf/in. 50,400 8 Mean axial stiffness° Cracked concrete Per lbf/in. 29,120 og For SI:1 inch=25.4 mm,1 ft-lbf=1.356 N-m. i 1. The information presented in this table is to be used in conjunction with the design criteria of ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or ACI 318-11 Appendix D,as applicable. o s 2. For installation detail for anchors in hollow-core concrete slabs,see Hollow-Core concrete figure. 3. The embedment depth,ho,is measured from the outside surface of the concrete member to the embedded end of the anchor. z 4. Mean values shown,actual stiffness varies considerably depending on concrete strength,loading and geometry of application. 1-800-4 DEWALT r. . DEWALT REFERENCE DATA(ASD) ENGINEERED Ry?overs 3 Mini-Undercut+Anchor Detail r MN . .� P .d d .� P .a d fi A4 ; i dn;, 4 4 ; 1- dn;' 4 .,- SO -} v ODi > f •v }VD} STOP DRILL BIT Z ;h,,,,, f - h: ' A r :nm;. r t he, ' • r imi •4 Exzn P 4 h '! h P 4 h A 4 • I 4" 4 41 .,. 1 A r. + - D V r h tl'i '�V +' MINI-UNDERCUT+ Z )110 111 A Before After SETTING TOOL OMini-Undercut+Anchor Installed with Steel Insert Element 0 .a a e SA > ;r 'v., ova T a; 1_ d a n, � _' q . � �" e, a (U� a F6- E ;s dxy . dxyis3� ,, s Do not exceed C Tmax ti ..s `J 3 Do not exceed C Tmax (D C - ca Q REFERENCE DATA(ASD) m 0 wrg Ultimate and Allowable Tension Load Capacities for Mini-Undercut+ in Normal-Weight Concrete1,23 ' ca nMinimum Concrete Compressive Strength C Nominal Minimum > Rod/ Nominal f'c=3,000 psi(20.7 MPa) f'c=4,000 psi(27.6 MPa) mil Anchor Embed. ca Diameter Depth ' Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable O' ... d in. Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear 3 in. (mm) lbs lbs lbs lbs lbs lbs lbs lbs (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) 3/8 3/4 1,535 1,975 385 495 1,770 2,275 445 570 (19) (6.8) (8.8) (1.7) (2.2) (7.9) (10.1) (2.0) (2.5) 1. Tabulated load values are for anchors Installed in concrete. Concrete compressive strength must be at the specified minimum at the time of installation. 2. Allowable load capacities are calculated using an applied safety factor of 4.0. 3. Linear interpolation may be used to determine allowable loads for intermediate compressive strengths. Ultimate and Allowable Tension Load Capacities for Mini-Undercut+in Hollow-Core Plank'2.3 •( ' Minimum Concrete Compressive Strength Nominal Minimum Rod/ Nominal f'c=5,000 psi(34.5 MPa) f'c=6,000 psi(41.4 MPa) f'c=8,000 psi(55.2 MPa) Anchor Embed. Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable Diameter Depth d in. Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear in. (mm) lbs lbs lbs lbs lbs lbs lbs lbs lbs lbs lbs lbs (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) 0(N) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) 3/8 3/4 1,855 2,590 465 650 2,035 2,835 510 710 2,345 3,275 585 820 (19) (8.3) (11.5) (2.1) (2.9) (9.1) (12.6) (2.3) (3.2) (10.4) (14.6) (2.6) (3.6) 1. Tabulated load values are for anchors installed in concrete. Concrete compressive strength must be at the specified minimum at the time of installation. 2 Allowable load capacities are calculated using an applied safety factor of 4.0. o 0 3. Linear interpolation may be used to determine allowable loads for intermediate compressive strengths. Mini-Undercut+ Installed Detail for Anchor in the Underside of Hollow-Core Concrete slabs ,, n 12. Max. Max. o n 3/4" ro 2-1/4"rn \ Min. m Mini-Undercut+(ryp) IIIIIIII uvww.DEWALT.com DEWALT ENGINEERED er?overs' STRENGTH DESIGN(SD) STRENGTH DESIGN (SD) MI Tension Design Information for Mini-Undercut+Anchors in the Underside of CODE LISTED .0'" 0 Normal-weight Concrete and the Underside of Hollow-Core Concrete Slabs''z'3'4,S,G,7 ICC ES ESR-3912 V Nominal Anchor Size/Threaded Rod Diameter Pilch) Z Design Characteristic Notation Units 3/84 Anchor category 1,2 or 3 - 1 Nominal embedment depth hnom in. 3/4(mm)(mm) (19) grO Steel Strength In Tension(ACI 318-1417.4.1 or ACI 318-11 D.5.1) nit 0 Z Steel strength in tension N. Ib (18 6) (kN) (18s) Q Reduction factor for steel strength 0 - 0.65 Concrete Breakout Strength In Tension(ACI 318-14 17.4.2 or ACI 318-11 D.5.2) V in. 3/4 W Effective embedment her (mm) (19) �ii Effectiveness factor for uncracked concrete kuner - 24 Effectiveness factor for cracked concrete k« - 17 Modification factor for cracked and N 1.0(see note 5) uncracked concrete o ~ Critical edge distance Cac n. 2-1/4 +c (mm) (57) Q Reduction factor,concrete breakout strength' 0 - 0.40 v Pullout Strength In Tension(ACI 318-14 17.4.3 or ACI 318-11 D.5.3) Pullout strength,uncracked concrete Np,uncr (1) See note 7 W -0 Pullout strength,cracked concrete Np,or Ib 455 - (kN) (2.0) CI as Reduction factor,pullout strength 0 - 0.40 Z 2 Pullout Strength In Tension For Seismic Applications(ACI 318-1417.2.3.3 or ACI 318-11 0.3.3.3) II >, lb Characteristic pullout strength,seismic Np,eq (kN) (1 82) Z E Reduction factor,pullout strength,seismic 0 - 0.40 For SI:1 inch=25.4 mm,1 ksi=6.894 N/mm';1 lbf=0.0044 kN. 1. The data in this table is intended to be used with the design provisions of ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or ACI 318-11 Appendix D,as applicable;for anchors resisting seismic load combinations the additional requirements of ACI 318-14 17.2.3 or ACI 318-11 D.3.3,as applicable,shall apply. 2. Installation must comply with manufacturer's published installation instructions and details. 3. All values of 4 are applicable with the load combinations of IBC Section 1605.2,ACI 318-14 Section 5.3,or ACI 318-11 Section 9.2. . 4. The threaded rod or bolt strength must also be checked,and the controlling value of ase between the anchor and rod must be used for design. 5. Select the appropriate effectiveness factor for cracked concrete fir)or uncracked concrete(ke"ar)and use IV,N=1.0. 6. The characteristic pullout strength for concrete compressive strengths greater than 2,500 psi for anchors may be increased by multiplying the value in the table by(f'c/2,5001°for psi or (f'c/17.2)"B.For hollow-core concrete slabs the characteristic pullout strength for concrete compressive strengths greater than 6,000 psi for anchors may be increased by multiplying the value in the table by(f'c/6,000100 for psi or(f'c/41.4)°5 7. Reported values for characteristic pullout strength in tension for seismic applications are based on test results per ACI 355.2,Section 9.5. 1 0 N h 0 2 U 2 QQQ U QZ 2 U Q0 U H 1-800-4 DEWALT IIIIIIIIIMIIIII DEWALT STRENGTH DESIGN(SD) ENGINEEREDRY-TOwers i Shear Design Information for Mini-Undercut+Anchors in the Underside ofCODE LISTED if ANormal-weight Concrete and the Underside of Hollow-Core Concrete Slabs'2,3,4,5,6 . ICC-ES ESR-3912 I Nominal Anchor Size/Threaded Rod Diameter finch) 11111 Design Characteristic Notation Units 3/8 Z Anchor category 1,2 or 3 1 Nominal embedment depth he0 in. 3/4 (mm) (19) r Steel Strength in Shear(ACI 318-1417.5.1 or ACI 318-11 D.6.1) Ib 985 3) Steel strength in shear V. (kN) (4.4) Z Reduction factor,steel strength 0 - 0.60 A Steel Strength in Shear for Seismic(ACI 318-1417.2.3.3 or ACI 318-11 D.3.3.3) 0 Steel strength in shear,seismic V... (kN)( (4.0) XII Reduction factor,steel strength in shear,seismic 0 - 0.60 In Concrete Breakout Strength in Shear(ACI 318-1417.5.2 or ACI 318-11 D.6.2) Load bearing length of anchor in shear te in. 3/4 (mm) (19) 5- z Nominal outside anchor diameter de in. 0.625 cD (mm) (15.9) 3 m Reduction factor for concrete breakout strength 0 - 0.45 S ��u fi Pryout Strength in Shear(ACI 318-14 17.5.3 or ACI 318-11 D.6.3) • Coefficient for pryout strength km - 1.0 Ez Effective embedment he (mm) (19) 0.-PIReduction factor,pryout strength 0 - 0.45 ■o■ For SI:1 inch=25.4 mm,1 lbf=0.0044 kN. E MI 1. The data in this table is intended to be used with the design provisions of ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or ACI 318-11 Appendix D,as applicable;for anchors resisting seismic load combinations the a 0 additional requirements of ACI 318-17 17.2.3 or ACI 318-11 D.3.3,as applicable shall apply C 2. Installation must comply with manufacturer's published installation instructions and details. D n awl 3. All values of 0 are applicable with the load combinations of IBC Section 16052,ACI 318-14 Section 5.3,or ACI 318-11 Section 9.2. 4. The strengths shown in the table are for the Mini-Undercut+anchors only.Design professional is responsible for checking Threaded rod strength in tension,shear,and combined tension and o+- shear,as applicable. 5. Reported values for steel strength in shear are based on test results per ACI 355.2,Section 9.4 and must be used for design in lieu of the calculated results using equation 17.5.1.2b of ACI 318-14 or equation D-29 in ACI 318-11 D.6.1.2. 6. Reported values for steel strength in shear for the Mini-Undercut+anchors are for seismic applications and based on test results in accordance with ACI 355.2,Section 9.6 and must be used for design. C, z P 0 i F I x 0 0 o 11111 www.DEWALTcom DEWALT ENGINEERED 8Y'?ower5- ORDERING INFORMATION ORDERING INFORMATION 4 Mini-Undercut+ 0 Cat.No. Anchor Size Rod/Anchor Dia. Drill Diameter Overall Length Box Qty. Ctn.Qty. PFM2111820 3/8"x 3/4" 3/8" 5/8 3/4 100 600 V 1 Accu-Bit'"for DEWALT Mini-Undercut+ V Cat.No. Mini-Undercut+Size Rod/Anchor Drill Drill Depth Std.Pack Dia. Diameter PPA2431720 5/8"x 3/4"Stop Drill Bit-PT Anchor 3/8 5/8" 3/4" 1 Q V IW SDS Plus Setting Tool for DEWALT Mini-Undercut+ Cat.No. Mini-Undercut+Size Rod/Anchor Std.Pack Dia. PFM2101720 3/8 SDS+Setting Tool-PT Anchor 3/8" 0 v ♦ E Q Mini-Undercut+ Ordering Matrix Accu-Bir" SDS Plus Recommended SDS Description Anchor Cat No. Setting Tool Cat.No. Cat.No. Hammer-Tools(DEWALT) 3' 3/8"x 3/4 Mini-Undercut+ PFM2111820 PPA2431720 PFM2101720 DCH273,DCH133,D25133,D25262 W_D Q> t =F t >. ZC _ © 0 C¢S U 1-800-4 DEWALT Mechanical Anchoring Systems KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 3.3.5 3.3.5.1 Product description 3.3.5.1 Product description The KWIK Bolt TZ(KB-TZ)is a torque Product features 3.3.5.2 Material specifications controlled expansion anchor which is • Product and length identification 3.3.5.3 Technical data especially suited to seismic and cracked marks facilitate quality control after 3.3.5.4 Installation instructions concrete applications.This anchor line installation. Through fixture installation and 3.3.5.5 Ordering information is available in carbon steel,type 304 9 and type 316 stainless steel versions. variable thread lengths improve Impact section The anchor diameters range from 3/8-, productivity and accommodate dog point various base plate thicknesses. I 1/2 ,5/8-and 3/4 inch in a variety of • Type 316 stainless steel wedges lengths.Applicable base materials provide superior performance in include normal-weight concrete, cracked concrete. Nut— structural lightweight concrete, • Ridges on expansion wedges washer— • lightweight concrete over metal deck provide increased reliability. and grout-filled concrete masonry. • Mechanical expansion allows Red Guide specifications immediate load application. mark • Raised impact section(dog point) Torque controlled expansion anchors prevents thread damage during Anchor_ 3.35 shall be KWIK Bolt 17(KB-TZ)supplied installation. thread by Hilti meeting the description in • Bolt meets ductility requirements Federal Specification A-A 1923A,type 4. of ACI 318-14 Section 2.3. The anchor bears a length identification • ACI 349-01 Nuclear Design Guide Anchor is available. Call Hilti Technical mark embossed into the impact section body (dog point)of the anchor surrounded by Support. four embossed notches identifying the anchor as a Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ.Anchors 1. are manufactured to meet one of the Stainless steel following conditions: expansion sleeve • The carbon steel anchor body, (wedges) nut, and washer have an electroplated zinc coating Expansion— cone conforming to ASTM B633 to a minimum thickness of 5 urn.The Listings/Approvals stainless steel expansion sleeve ICC-ES(International Code Council) conforms to type 316. ESR-1917,ESR-3785, ESL-1067 • Stainless steel anchor body, nut City of Los Angeles and washer conform to type 304. Research Report No.25701 Stainless steel expansion sleeve Research Report No.26057 conforms to type 316. FM(Factory Mutual) Pipe Hanger Components for Automatic • Stainless steel anchor body, nut, Sprinkler Systems for 3/8 through 3/4 washer,and expansion sleeve UL LLC conform to type 316 stainless steel. Pipe Hanger Equipment for Fire Protection Services for 3/8 through 3/4 Icc UL uS LA DB3 APPROVED LISTED C PMG Independent code evaluation IBC®/IRC®2015 IBC®/IRC®2012 IBC®/IRC®2009 IBC®/IRC®2006 National Building Code of Canada 2015 National Building Code of Canada 2010 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 277 Mechanical Anchoring Systems 3.3.5 KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 3.3.5.2 Material specifications Carbon steel with electroplated zinc Carbon steel KB-TZ anchors have the following minimum bolt fracture loads.' Anchor diameter Shear Tension (in.) (Ib) (Ib) 3/8 NA 6,744 1/2 7,419 11,240 5/8 11,465 17,535 3/4 17,535 25,853 Carbon steel anchor components plated in accordance with ASTM B633 to a minimum thickness of 5 pm. Nuts conform to the requirements of ASTM A563,Grade A, Hex. Washers meet the requirements of ASTM F844. Expansion sleeves(wedges)are manufactured from type 316 stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel KB-TZ anchors are made of type 304 or 316 material and have the following minimum bolt fracture loads.' Anchor diameter Shear Tension (in.) (Ib) (Ib) 3/8 5,058 6,519 1/2 8,543 12,364 5/8 13,938 19,109 3/4 22,481 24,729 All nuts and washers for type 304 anchors are made from type 304 stainless. All nuts and washers for type 316 anchors are made from type 316 stainless. Nuts meet the dimensional requirements of ASTM F594. Washers meet the dimensional requirements of ANSI B18.22.1,Type A, plain. Expansion sleeve(wedges)are made from type 316 stainless steel. 1 Bolt fracture loads are determined by testing in a universal tensile machine for quality control at the manufacturing facility. These loads are not intended for design purposes. See tables 4 and 16 for the steel design strengths of carbon steel and stainless steel,respectively. 3.3.5.3 Technical data 3.3.5.3.1 ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 design The technical data contained in this section are Hilti Simplified Design Tables.The load values were developed using the Strength Design parameters and variables of ESR-1917 and the equations within ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. For a detailed explanation of the Hilti Simplified Design Tables, refer to section 3.1.8. Data tables from ESR-1917 are not contained in this section, but can be found at www.icc-es.org or at www.hilti.com. 278 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 Mechanical Anchoring Systems KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 3.3.5 Table 1 -Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ carbon steel specifications Setting Nominal anchor diameter d° information Symbol Units 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 Nominal bit d. in. 3/8 1/2 5/8 diameter b' 3/4 Minimum nominal in. 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/16 2-3/8 3-5/8 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-13/16 4-5/16 5-5/16 embedment h^° "' (mm) (46) (59) (78) (60) (91) (91) (113) (97) (110) (135) Effective minimum in. 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 2 3-1/4 3-1/8 4 3-1/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 embedment he' (mm) (38) (51) (70) (51) (83) (79) (102) (83) (95) (121) in. 2 2-5/8 3-3/8 2-5/8 4 3-3/4 4-3/4 4 4-5/8 5-3/4 Min.hole depth h ° (mm) (51) (67) (83) (67) (102) (95) (121) (102) (117) (146) Min.thickness in. 0 0 0 3/4 1/4 3/8 3/4 0 0 7/8 t of fixture' `"" (mm) (0) (0) (0) (19) (6) (9) (19) (0) (0) (23) Max.thickness in. 2-13/16 2-5/16 1-9/16 4 2-3/4 5-5/8 4-3/4 5-9/16 4-15/16 3-15/16 of fixture tm. (mm) (71) (59) (40) (101) (70) (143) (121) (141) (125) (100) Installation torque ft-lb 25 40 60 110 (concrete) T'^ (Nm) (34) (54) (81) (149) Installation torque ft-lb 15 25 35 70 3.3 5 (masonry) T,., (Nm) n/a (20) n/a (34) (47) n/a (95) Fixture hole in. 7/16 9/16 11/16 13/16 diameter dh (mm) (11.1) (14.3) (17.5) (20.6) Available anchor in. 3 3-3/4 5 3-3/4 4-1/2 5-1/2 7 4-3/4 6 8-1/2 10 5-1/2 7 8 10 lengths e^^°" (mm) (76) (95) (127) (95) (114) (140) (178) (121) (152) (216) (254) (140) (178) (203) (254) Threaded length f in. 1-1/2 2-1/4 3-1/2 1-5/8 2-3/8 3-3/8 4-7/8 1-1/2 2-3/4 5-1/4 6-3/4 2-1/2 4 5 7 including dog point thread (mm) (38) (57) (89) (41) (60) (86) (124) (38) (70) (133) (171) (63) (103) (128) (179) in. 1-1/2 2-1/8 3-1/4 3 Unthreaded length tun, (mm) (39) (54) (83) (77) 1 Minimum thickness of fixture is a concern only when the anchor is installed at the minimum nominal embedment. When KWIK Bolt TZ anchors are installed at this embedment,the anchor threading ends near the surface of the concrete. If the fixture is sufficiently thin,it could be possible to run the nut to the bottom of the threading during application of the installation torque. If fixtures are thin,it is recommended that embedment be increased accordingly. Figure 1 - Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ specifications l' t MB thread PSI 1 dh .[-1 //, t eanch hof eunthr h nom ISI ho _A_ ii.d., - Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 279 Mechanical Anchoring Systems 3.3.5 KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor Table 2- Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ carbon steel design strength with concrete/pullout failure in uncracked concrete1,Z3,4,5 Nominal Tension-On Shear-clVn anchor Effective Nominal diameter embed. embed. re=2,500 psi f'0=3,000 psi f'0=4,000 psi f'e=6,000 psi fe=2,500 psi fe=3,000 psi f0=4,000 psi f'e=6,000 psi in. in.(mm) in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 1-1/2 1-13/16 1,185 1,300 1,500 1,835 1,545 1,690 1,950 2,390 (38) (46) (5.3) (5.8) (6.7) (8.2) (6.9) (7.5) (8.7) (10.6) 3/8 2 2-5/16 1,635 1,790 2,070 2,535 2,375 2,605 3,005 3,680 (51) (59) (7.3) (8.0) (9.2) (11.3) (10.6) (11.6) (13.4) (16.4) 2-3/4 3-1/16 2,670 2,925 3,380 4,140 7,660 8,395 9,690 11,870 (70) (78) (11.9) (13.0) (15.0) (18.4) (34.1) (37.3) (43.1) (52.8) 2 2-3/8 2,205 2,415 2,790 3,420 2,375 2,605 3,005 3,680 1/2 (51) (60) (9.8) (10.7) (12.4) (15.2) (10.6) (11.6) (13.4) (16.4) 3-1/4 3-5/8 3,585 3,925 4,535 5,555 9,845 10,785 12,450 15,250 (83) (91) (15.9) (17.5) (20.2) (24.7) (43.8) (48.0) (55.4) (67.8) 3-1/8 3-9/16 4,310 4,720 5,450 6,675 9,280 10,165 11,740 14,380 5/8 (79) (91) (19.2) (21.0) (24.2) (29.7) (41.3) (45.2) (52.2) (64.0) 4 4-7/16 5,945 6,510 7,520 9,210 13,440 14,725 17,000 20,820 (102) (113) (26.4) (29.0) (33.5) (41.0) (59.8) (65.5) (75.6) (92.6) 3-1/4 3-13/16 4,570 5,005 5,780 7,080 9,845 10,785 12,450 15,250 (83) (97) (20.3) (22.3) (25.7) (31.5) (43.8) (48.0) (55.4) (67.8) 3/4 3-3/4 4-5/16 5,380 5,895 6,810 8,340 12,200 13,365 15,430 18,900 (95) (110) (23.9) (26.2) (30.3) (37.1) (54.3) (59.5) (68.6) (84.1) 4-3/4 5-9/16 6,940 7,605 8,780 10,755 17,390 19,050 22,000 26,945 (121) (142) (30.9) (33.8) (39.1) (47.8) (77.4) (84.7) (97.9) (119.9) Table 3-Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ carbon steel design strength with concrete/pullout failure in cracked concrete1'2,3,4,5 Nominal Tension-cpN, Shear-4Vn anchor Effective Nominal diameter embed. embed. f e=2,500 psi f'e=3,000 psi f'c=4,000 psi f'e=6,000 psi f'e=2,500 psi f0=3,000 psi f'e=4,000 psi f e=6,000 psi in. in.(mm) in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 1-1/2 1-13/16 860 940 1,085 1,330 1,095 1,195 1,385 1,695 (38) (46) (3.8) (4.2) (4.8) (5.9) (4.9) (5.3) (6.2) (7.5) 3/8 2 2-3/8 1,565 1,710 1,975 2,420 1,685 1,845 2,130 2,605 (51) (60) (7.0) (7.6) (8.8) (10.8) (7.5) (8.2) (9.5) (11.6) 2-3/4 3-1/8 2,050 2,245 2,595 3,175 5,425 5,945 6,865 8,405 (70) (79) (9.1) (10.0) (11.5) (14.1) (24.1) (26.4) (30.5) (37.4) 2 2-3/8 1,565 1,710 1,975 2,420 1,685 1,845 2,130 2,605 1/2 (51) (60) (7.0) (7.6) (8.8) (10.8) (7.5) (8.2) (9.5) (11.6) 3-1/4 3-5/8 3,195 3,500 4,040 4,950 6,970 7,640 8,820 10,800 (83) (91) (14.2) (15.6) (18.0) (22.0) (31.0) (34.0) (39.2) (48.0) 3-1/8 3-9/16 3,050 3,345 3,860 4,730 6,575 7,200 8,315 10,185 5/8 (79) (91) (13.6) (14.9) (17.2) (21.0) (29.2) (32.0) (37.0) (45.3) 4 4-7/16 4,420 4,840 5,590 6,845 9,520 10,430 12,040 14,750 (102) (113) (19.7) (21.5) (24.9) (30.4) (42.3) (46.4) (53.6) (65.6) 3-1/4 3-13/16 3,235 3,545 4,095 5,015 6,970 7,640 8,820 10,800 (83) (97) (14.4) (15.8) (18.2) (22.3) (31.0) (34.0) (39.2) (48.0) 3/4 3-3/4 4-5/16 4,010 4,395 5,075 6,215 8,640 9,465 10,930 13,390 (95) (110) (17.8) (19.5) (22.6) (27.6) (38.4) (42.1) (48.6) (59.6) 4-3/4 5-9/16 5,720 6,265 7,235 8,860 12,320 13,495 15,585 19,085 (121) (142) (25.4) (27.9) (32.2) (39.4) (54.8) (60.0) (69.3) (84.9) 1 See section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Linear interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. 3 Apply spacing,edge distance,and concrete thickness factors in tables 6 to 13 as necessary. Compare to the steel values in table 4. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design. 4 Tabular values are for normal weight concrete only.For lightweight concrete multiply design strength by Aa as follows: for sand-lightweight,Aa=0.68;for all-lightweight,Aa =0.60 5 Tabular values are for static loads only.Seismic design is not permitted for uncracked concrete.For seismic tension loads,multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension only by aN,seis=0.75. No reduction needed for seismic shear.See section 3.1.8.7 for additional information on seismic applications. 280 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 Mechanical Anchoring Systems KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 3.3.5 Table 4-Steel strength for Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ carbon steel anchors''2 Nominal anchor diameter Tensile(pN.3 Shear(pVSa4 Seismic shear(pVaa eq5 in Effective embedment in.(mm) lb(kN) lb(kN) lb(kN) 1-1/2 4,875 1,415 1,415 (38) (21.7) (6.3) (6.3) 3/8 2 2-3/4 4,875 2,335 1,465 (51) (70) (21.7) (10.4) (6.5) 2 3-1/4 8,030 3,570 3,570 1/2 (51) (83) (35.7) (15.9) (15.9) 3-1/8 4 12,880 5,260 4,940 5/8 (79) (102) (57.3) (23.4) (22.0) 3-1/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 18,840 8,890 7,635 3/4 (83) (95) (121) (83.8) (39.5) (34.0) 1 See section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ carbon steel anchors are to be considered ductile steel elements. 3.3.5 3 Tensile(1)Nsa=(I)ASe,N faro as noted in ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 4 Shear values determined by static shear tests with V.<(p 0.60 ASev faro as noted in ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 5 Seismic shear values determined by seismic shear tests with(pVsaeq<4)0.60 A...5f,as noted in ACI 318-14 Chapter 17See section 3.1.8.7 for additional information on seismic applications. Figure 2 Anchors not permitted For a specific edge distance,the permitted spacing is calculated as follows: —in shaded area - Case 2 / \Smin,1—Smin,2) / 0 CM - S>Smin,2+ (C — C ) (c—cmin,2) .j c in.i at smin., E min,1 min,2 O. _ V W Case 1 saes. iI - 0min,2 at smin,2 , f Concrete c,,,gn Edge edge distance c Table 5-Carbon steel Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ installation parameters' Setting Nominal anchor diameter dg information Symbol Units 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 Effective minimumh in. 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 2 3-1/4 3-1/8 4 3-1/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 embedment of (mm) (38) (51) (70) (51) (83) (79) (102) (83) (95) (121) Min.member in. 3-1/4 4 5 5 4 6 6 8 5 6 8 5-1/2 6 8 8 thickness "" (mm) (83) (102) (127) (127) (102) (152) (152) (203) (127) (152) (203) (140) (152) (203) (203) in. 8 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-3/4 2-3/8 3-5/8 3-1/4 9-1/2 4-3/4 4-1/8 Case 1 cmin,, (mm) (203) (64) (64) (70) (60) (92) (83) (241) (121) (105) for in. 8 5 5 5-3/4 5-3/4 6-1/8 5-7/8 5 10-1/2 8-7/8 sm;n,,'- (mm) (203) (127) (127) (146) (146) (156) (149) (127) (267) (225) in. 8 3-5/8 3-5/8 4-1/8 3-1/2 4-3/4 4-1/4 9-1/2 9-1/2 7-3/4 Case 2 cmc",2 (mm) (203) (92) (92) (105) (89) (121) (108) (241) (241) (197) for in. 8 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-3/4 2-3/8 3-1/2 3 5 5 4 smin.2 z (mm) (203) (64) (64) (70) (60) (89) (76) (127) (127) (102) 1 Linear interpolation is permitted to establish an edge distance and spacing combination between Case 1 and Case 2. Linear interpolation for a specific edge distance c,where cmin,l <c<cmin,2,will determine the permissible spacings. Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 281 Mechanical Anchoring Systems 3.3.5 KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor Table 6-Load adjustment factors for 3/8-in.diameter carbon steel Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ in uncracked concrete''2 Edge distance in shear 3/8-in.KB-TZ CS uncracked Spacing factor Edge distance factor Spacing factor II To and away Conc.thickness factor concrete in tension in tension in shears 1 Toward edge from edge in shear" JAN 'RN •AV 'RV 'RV •HV Effective in. 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 embed.he, (mm) (38) (51) (70) (38) (51) (70) (38) (51) (70) (38) (51) (70) (38) (51) (70) (38) (51) (70) Nominal in. 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 embed.him (mm) (46) (59) (79) (46) (59) (79) (46) (59) (79) (46) (59) (79) (46) (59) (79) (46) (59) (79) 2-1/2 (64) n/a 0.71 0.65 n/a 0.60 0.71 n/a 0.60 0.55 n/a 0.49 0.16 n/a 0.60 0.32 n/a n/a n/a 3 (76) n/a 0.75 0.68 n/a 0.69 0.79 n/a 0.62 0.56 n/a 0.64 0.21 n/a 0.69 0.42 n/a n/a n/a 3-1/2 (89) n/a 0.79 0.71 n/a 0.80 0.88 n/a 0.64 0.57 n/a 0.81 0.27 n/a 0.81 0.53 0.62 n/a n/a d 3-5/8 (92) n/a 0.80 0.72 n/a 0.83 0.91 n/a 0.65 0.57 n/a 0.85 0.28 n/a 0.85 0.56 0.63 n/a n/a 2 O 4 (102) n/a 0.83 0.74 n/a 0.91 0.98 n/a 0.67 0.58 n/a 0.99 0.33 n/a 0.99 0.65 0.67 0.81 n/a V E 4-1/2 (114) n/a 0.88 0.77 n/a 1.00 1.00 n/a 0.69 0.59 n/a 1.00 0.39 n/a 1.00 0.78 0.71 0.86 n/a o 5 (127) n/a 0.92 0.80 n/a n/a 0.71 0.60 n/a 0.46 n/a 0.91 0.75 0.91 0.63 0 . 5-1/2 (140) n/a 0.96 0.83 n/a n/a 0.73 0.61 n/a 0.53 n/a 1.00 0.78 0.95 0.66 N LE N 6 (152) n/a 1.00 0.86 n/a n/a 0.75 0.62 n/a 0.60 n/a 0.82 1.00 0.69 F0 `iii a, 47 (178) n/a 0.92 n/a n/a 0.79 0.64 n/a 0.76 n/a 0.88 0.74 8 (203) 1.00 0.98 1.00 0.72 0.83 0.66 1.00 0.92 1.00 0.94 0.80 CO 9 (229) 1.00 1.00 0.75 0.87 0.68 1.00 1.00 0.84 rn 10 (254) 1.00 0.78 0.91 0.70 1.00 0.89 11 (279) 1.00 0.81 0.95 0.72 0.93 12 (305) 1.00 0.83 1.00 0.74 0.97 13 (330) 1.00 0.86 1.00 0.76 1.00 Table 7-Load adjustment factors for 3/8-in.diameter carbon steel Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ in cracked concrete1'2 Edge distance in shear 3/8-in.KB-TZ CS cracked Spacing factor Edge distance factor Spacing factor II To and away Conc.thickness factor concrete f in tension in tension in shear' 1 Toward edge from edge in shear° IAN 'RN +AV •RV fRV 'HV Effective in. 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 embed.h., (mm) (38) (51) (70) (38) (51) (70) (38) (51) (70) (38) (51) (70) (38) (51) (70) (38) (51) (70) Nominal in. 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 embed.h..m (mm) (46) (59) (79) (46) (59) (79) (46) (59) (79) (46) (59) (79) (46) (59) (79) (46) (59) (79) 2-1/2 (64) n/a 0.71 0.65 n/a 0.87 0.71 n/a 0.60 0.55 n/a 0.49 0.16 n/a 0.87 0.33 n/a n/a n/a 3 (76) n/a 0.75 0.68 n/a 1.00 0.79 n/a 0.62 0.56 n/a 0.65 0.21 n/a 1.00 0.43 n/a n/a n/a 3-1/2 (89) n/a 0.79 0.71 n/a 1.00 0.88 n/a 0.65 0.57 n/a 0.82 0.27 n/a 1.00 0.54 0.62 n/a n/a d 3-5/8 (92) n/a 0.80 0.72 n/a 1.00 0.91 n/a 0.65 0.57 n/a 0.86 0.28 n/a 1.00 0.57 0.63 n/a n/a 5 4 (102) n/a 0.83 0.74 n/a 0.98 n/a 0.67 0.58 n/a 1.00 0.33 n/a 0.66 0.67 0.82 n/a U =�£ 4-1/2 (114) n/a 0.88 0.77 n/a 1.00 n/a 0.69 0.59 n/a 0.39 n/a 0.79 0.71 0.87 n/a • 5 (127) n/a 0.92 0.80 n/a n/a 0.71 0.60 n/a 0.46 n/a 0.92 0.75 0.91 0.63 R• 5-1/2 (140) n/a 0.96 0.83 n/a n/a 0.73 0.61 n/a 0.53 n/a 1.00 0.78 0.96 0.66 d N 6 (152) n/a 1.00 0.86 n/a n/a 0.75 0.62 n/a 0.61 n/a 0.82 1.00 0.69 • .5 7 (178) n/a 0.92 n/a n/a 0.79 0.64 n/a 0.76 n/a 0.88 0.75 V • 8 (203) 1.000 0.98 1.00 0.72 0.83 0.66 1.00 0.93 1.00 0.94 0.80 m 9 (229) 1.000 1.00 0.75 0.87 0.68 1.00 1.00 0.85 m m 10 (254) 1.000 0.78 0.92 0.70 0.89 11 (279) 1.000 0.81 0.96 0.72 0.94 12 (305) 1.000 0.83 1.00 0.74 0.98 13 (330) 1.000 0.86 0.76 1.00 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors(e.g.for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member)the design can become very conservative.To optimize the design,use Hilti PROFIS Anchor Design software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear,f AA,assumes an influence of a nearby edge.If no edge exists,then f Av=f AN- 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear,f Hv,assumes an influence of a nearby edge.If no edge exists,then IHV=1.0. 1 I If a reduction factor value is in a shaded cell,this indicates that this specific edge distance may not be permitted with a certain spacing (or vice versa).Check with table 5 and figure 2 of this section to calculate permissable edge distance,spacing and concrete thickness combinations. 282 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 Mechanical Anchoring Systems KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 3.3.5 Table 8-Load adjustment factors for 1/2-in.diameter carbon steel Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ in uncracked concretet'2 Edge distance in shear 1/2-in.KB-TZ CS Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor II to and away Conc.thickness fac- uncracked concrete in tension factor in tension in shear3 1 toward edge from edge for in shear' IAN fRN _ fAV IRA IRA fHA Effective in. 2 3-1/4 2 3-1/4 2 3-1/4 2 3-1/4 2 3-1/4 2 3-1/4 embed.hey (mm) (51) (83) (51) (83) (51) (83) (51) (83) (51) (83) (51) (83) Nominal in. 2-3/8 3-5/8 2-3/8 3-5/8 2-3/8 3-5/8 2-3/8 3-5/8 2-3/8 3-5/8 2-3/8 3-5/8 embed.heee, (mm) (60) (92) (60) (92) (60) (92) (60) (92) (60) (92) (60) (92) 2-3/8 (60) n/a 0.62 n/a 0.41 n/a 0.54 n/a 0.13 n/a 0.26 n/a n/a 2-1/2 (64) n/a 0.63 n/a 0.42 n/a 0.55 n/a 0.14 n/a 0.28 n/a - n/a 2-3/4 (70) 0.73 0.64 0.51 0.44 0.62 0.55 0.51 0.16 0.51 0.33 n/a n/a 3 (76) 0.75 0.65 0.55 0.46 0.63 0.55 0.55 0.19 0.55 0.37 n/a n/a ., 3-1/2 (89) 0.79 0.68 0.64 0.51 0.65 0.56 0.64 0.23 0.64 0.47 _ n/a _ n/a 0 4 (102) 0.83 0.71 0.73 0.56 0.68 0.57 0.73 0.29 0.73 0.56 0.84 n/a o 4-1/8 (105) 0.84 0.71 0.75 0.57 0.68 0.57 0.75 0.30 0.75 0.57 0.85 n/a • E 4-1/2 (114) 0.88 0.73 0.82 0.61 0.70 0.58 0.82 0.34 0.82 0.61 0.89 n/a E 5 (127) 0.92 0.76 0.91 0.67 0.72 0.59 0.91 0.40 0.91 0.67 0.94 n/a E = 5-1/2 (140) 0.96 0.78 1.00 0.73 0.74 0.60 1.00 0.46 1.00 0.73 0.98 n/a N F 5-3/4 (146) 0.98 0.79 0.77 0.75 0.60 0.49 0.77 1.00 n/a 30 N 6 (152) 1.00 0.81 0.80 0.76 0.61 0.53 0.80 0.66 -ca c 7 (178) 0.86 0.93 0.81 0.63 0.66 0.93 0.71 • u 8 (203) 0.91 1.00 0.85 0.64 0.81 1.00 0.76 3,3,5 9 (229) 0.96 _ 0.89 0.66 0.97 0.81 c 10 (254) 1.00 0.94 0.68 1.00 0.85 a 11 (279) 0.98 0.70 0.89 12 (305) 1.00 0.72 0.93 14 (356) _ 0.75 _ 1.00 16 (406) 0.79 , 18 (457) 0.83 , >20 (508) 0.86 Table 9-Load adjustment factors for 1/2-in.diameter carbon steel Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ in cracked concretet'2 Edge distance in shear 1/2-in.KB-TZ CS Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor II to and away Conc.thickness fac- cracked concrete in tension factor in tension in shear3 1 toward edge from edge tor in shear° IAN fRN fAV IR, IRA fHV Effective in. 2 3-1/4 2 3-1/4 2 3-1/4 2 3-1/4 2 3-1/4 2 3-1/4 embed.hey (mm) (51) (83) (51) (83) (51) (83) (51) (83) (51) (83) (51) (83) Nominal in. 2-3/8 3-5/8 2-3/8 3-5/8 2-3/8 3-5/8 2-3/8 3-5/8 2-3/8 3-5/8 2-3/8 3-5/8 embed.h (mm) (60) (92) (60) (92) (60) (92) (60) (92) (60) (92) (60) (92) 2-3/8 (60) n/a 0.62 n/a 0.63 n/a 0.54 n/a 0.13 n/a 0.26 n/a n/a 2-1/2 (64) n/a 0.63 _ n/a 0.65 n/a 0.55 n/a 0.14 n/a 0.29 n/a n/a 2-3/4 (70) 0.73 0.64 0.93 0.68 0.62 0.55 0.62 0.16 _ 0.93 0.33 n/a n/a 3 (76) 0.75 0.65 1.00 0.71 0.63 0.55 0.71 0.19 1.00 0.38 n/a n/a 4j 3-1/2 (89) 0.79 0.68 1.00 0.79 0.65 0.56 0.89 0.24 1.00 0.47 n/a n/a 4 (102) 0.83 0.71 1.00 0.86 0.68 0.57 1.00 0.29 1.00 0.58 0.84 n/a 0• 4-1/8 (105) 0.84 0.71 1.00 0.88 0.68 0.58 1.00 0.30 1.00 0.61 0.85 n/a 4-1/2 (114) 0.88 0.73 0.94 0.70 0.58 0.34 0.69 0.89 n/a E 5 (127) 0.92 0.76 1.00 0.72 0.59 0.40 0.81 0.94 n/a v c - c 5-1/2 (140) 0.96 0.78 0.74 0.60 0.47 0.93 0.98 n/a `3 5-3/4 (146) 0.98 0.79 0.75 0.60 0.50 1.00 1.00 n/a N �o 6 (152) 1.00 0.81 0.76 0.61 0.53 1.00 0.66 O 12 o a)7 (178) 0.86 0.81 0.63 0.67 0.71 CD Y 8 (203) 0.91 0.85 0.65 0.82 0.76 9 (229) 0.96 0.90 0.66 0.98 0.81 c 10 (254) 1.00 0.94 0.68 1.00 _ 0.85 a 11 (279) 0.98 0.70 0.90 co 12 (305) 1.00 0.72 0.94 14 (356) 0.76 1.00 16 (406) 0.79 18 (457) 0.83 >20 (508) 0.86 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors(e.g.for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member)the design can become very conservative. To optimize the design,use Hilti PROFIS Anchor Design software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear,f,assumes an influence of a nearby edge.If no edge exists,then f AA=f AN. 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear,f,„assumes an influence of a nearby edge.If no edge exists,then'NA=1.0. I I If a reduction factor value is in a shaded cell,this indicates that this specific edge distance may not be permitted with a certain spacing(or vice versa). Check with table 5 and figure 2 of this section to calculate permissable edge distance,spacing and concrete thickness combinations. Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 283 Mechanical Anchoring Systems 3.3.5 KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor Table 10-Load adjustment factors for 5/8-in.diameter carbon steel Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ in uncracked concretet'2 Edge distance in shear 5/8-in.KB-TZ CS Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor II to and away Conc.thickness fac- uncracked concrete in tension factor in tension in shear' 1 toward edge from edge tor in shear' fAN IAN fAV fRV 'NV INV Effective in. 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 embed.hey (mm) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) Nominal in. 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 embed.hnom (mm) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) 3 (76) n/a 0.63 n/a n/a n/a 0.55 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 3-1/4 (83) n/a 0.64 n/a 0.46 n/a 0.55 n/a 0.17 n/a 0.34 n/a n/a 3-1/2 (89) 0.69 0.65 n/a 0.48 0.57 0.56 n/a 0.19 n/a 0.38 n/a n/a 3-5/8 (92) 0.69 0.65 0.60 0.48 0.57 0.56 0.28 0.20 0.56 0.40 n/a n/a i4 (102) 0.71 0.67 0.64 0.51 0.58 0.56 0.32 0.23 0.64 0.47 n/a n/a O 4-1/4 (108) 0.73 0.68 0.67 0.53 0.58 0.57 0.35 0.26 0.67 0.51 n/a n/a 0• 4-1/2 (114) 0.74 0.69 0.70 0.56 0.59 0.57 0.38 0.28 0.70 0.56 n/a n/a - 4-3/4 (121) 0.75 0.70 0.73 0.58 0.59 0.58 0.42 0.30 0.73 0.58 n/a n/a • E 5 (127) 0.77 0.71 0.77 0.60 0.60 0.58 0.45 0.33 0.77 0.60 0.63 n/a ci c 5-1/2 (140) 0.79 0.73 0.85 0.64 0.61 0.59 0.52 0.38 0.85 0.64 0.66 n/a c -- y▪ L 5-7/8 (149) 0.81 0.74 0.90 0.67 0.62 0.59 0.57 0.42 0.90 0.67 0.68 n/a y 6 (152) 0.82 0.75 0.92 0.69 0.62 0.59 0.59 0.43 0.92 0.69 0.69 0.62 0 c 6-1/8 (156) 0.83 0.76 0.94 0.70 0.62 0.60 0.61 0.44 0.94 0.70 0.69 0.62 . 0, 8 (203) 0.93 0.83 1.00 0.91 0.66 0.63 0.91 0.66 1.00 0.91 0.79 0.71 Is 10 (254) 1.00 0.92 1.00 0.70 0.66 1.00 0.92 1.00 0.89 0.80 0' 12 (305) 1.00 0.74 0.69 1.00 0.97 0.87 o- 14 (356) 0.77 0.72 1.00 0.94 co 16 (406) 0.81 0.75 1.00 18 (457) 0.85 0.78 20 (508) 0.89 0.82 22 (559) 0.93 0.85 >24 (610) I 0.97 0.88 Table 11 -Load adjustment factors for 5/8-in.diameter carbon steel Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ in cracked concrete1'2 Edge distance in shear 5/8-in.KB-TZ CS Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor II to and away Conc.thickness fac- cracked concrete in tension factor in tension in shear' 1 toward edge from edge tor in shear' fAN fRN fAV fRV fRV fHV Effective in. 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 embed.Fief (mm) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) Nominal in. 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 embed.h (mm) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) 3 (76) n/a 0.63 n/a n/a n/a 0.55 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 3-1/4 (83) n/a 0.64 n/a 0.66 n/a 0.55 n/a 0.17 n/a 0.35 n/a n/a 3-1/2 (89) 0.69 0.65 n/a 0.69 0.57 0.56 n/a 0.19 n/a 0.39 n/a n/a 3-5/8 (92) 0.69 0.65 0.83 0.71 0.57 0.56 0.28 0.20 0.56 0.41 n/a n/a 4 (102) 0.71 0.67 0.89 0.75 0.58 0.56 0.33 0.24 0.65 0.47 n/a n/a o 4-1/4 (108) 0.73 0.68 0.93 0.78 0.58 0.57 0.36 0.26 0.71 0.52 n/a n/a 0• 4-1/2 (114) 0.74 0.69 0.97 0.81 0.59 0.57 0.39 0.28 0.78 0.56 n/a n/a 4-3/4 (121) 0.75 0.70 1.00 0.84 0.59 0.58 0.42 0.31 0.84 0.61 n/a n/a E 5 (127) 0.77 0.71 0.87 0.60 0.58 0.45 0.33 0.91 0.66 0.63 n/a U c 5-1/2 (140) 0.79 0.73 0.93 0.61 0.59 0.52 0.38 1.00 0.76 0.66 n/a c .- 45 5-7/8 (149) 0.81 0.74 0.98 0.62 0.59 0.58 0.42 0.84 0.68 n/a a m 6 (152) 0.82 0.75 1.00 0.62 0.60 0.60 0.43 0.87 0.69 0.62 rn ai 6-1/8 (156) 0.83 0.76 0.62 0.60 0.62 0.45 0.89 0.69 0.62 113 5 v 8 (203) 0.93 0.83 0.66 0.63 0.92 0.67 1.00 0.79 0.71 22 10 (254) 1.00 0.92 0.70 0.66 1.00 0.93 0.89 0.80 I o' 12 (305) 1.00 0.74 0.69 1.00 0.97 0.87 a 14 (356) 0.78 0.72 1.00 0.94 co 16 (406) 0.82 0.75 1.00 18 (457) 0.85 0.79 20 (508) 0.89 0.82 22 (559) 0.93 0.85 >24 (610) 0.97 0.88 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors(e.g.for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member)the design can become very conservative. I To optimize the design,use Hilti PROFIS Anchor Design software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear,f Av assumes an influence of a nearby edge.If no edge exists,then fAv=f AN 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear,f ,,assumes an influence of a nearby edge.If no edge exists,then f HV=1.0. I I If a reduction factor value is in a shaded cell,this indicates that this specific edge distance may not be permitted with a certain spacing(or vice versa). Check with table 5 and figure 2 of this section to calculate permissable edge distance,spacing and concrete thickness combinations. 284 Hilti,Inc.(US)1-800-879-8000 I www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti(Canada)Corp.1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed.17 Seismic Bracing Fig. 980 - Universal Swivel Sway Brace Attachment - 3/8" to 3/4" ®TDLCQ Size Range: One size fits bracing pipe 1"(25mm)thru 2" (50mm), Cooper C US B-Line 12 gauge(2.6mm)channel, and all structural steel up to 1/4" (31.7mm)thick. LISTED Material: Steel Function: Multi-functional attachment to structure or braced pipe fitting. Features: This product's design incorporates a concentric attachment %_) opening which is critical to the performance of structural seismic connections. NFPA 13 indicates clearly that fastener table load values are based only on 980concentric loading. Mounts to any surface angle. Break off bolt head assures 04 verification of proper installation. / 0 . D Installation: Fig.980 is the structural or transitional attachment component of a longitudinal or lateral sway brace assembly. It is intended to be combined A with the "bracing pipe" and Cooper B-Line/TOLCO "braced pipe" attachment, B Fig. 1000, 1001,2002,4L, 4A or approved attachment to pipe to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 guidelines should be followed. Set Bolt To Install: Place the Fig.980 onto the "bracing pipe".Tighten the set bolt until Included the head breaks off.Attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper brace angle. Mounting Hardware Is Not Included Approvals: —Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA(UL)and Canada(cUL). For FM Approval information refer to page 61. Note: Fig.980 Swivel Attachment and Fig. 1001, 1000, 2002, 4A or approved attachment to pipe that make up a sway brace system of UL Listed attachments and bracing materials which satisfies the requirements of Underwriters Laboratories and the National Fire Protection Association(NFPA) A Finish: Plain. Contact Cooper B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Figure number and finish. Pat.#6,273,372, Pat.#6,517,030, Pat.#6,953,174, Pat.#6,708,930, Pat.#7,191,987, Pat.#7,441,730, Pat.#7,669,806 ® Fig.980 , "47 /r Fig.4L •' It ®% Lateral Brace Longitudinal Brace 'J Part Mtg.Hdw. Mounting Hole Max.Design Approx. Number Size A B D Load(cULus) Wt./100 in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lbs. (kg) 980-3/8 El (9.5) 51/4" (133.3) 17/8" (47.6) 13/32" (10.3) 2765 (12.30) 133 (60.3) 980-112* ® (12.7) 51/4" (133.3) 17/8" (47.6) 17/32" (13.5) 2765 (12.30) 132 (59.7) 980-5/8 El (15.9) 51/4" (133.3) 17/8" (47.6) 11/16" (17.5) 2765 (12.30) 131 (59.4) 980-3/4 is (19.0) 51/4" (133.3) 17/8" (47.6) 13/16" (20.5) 2765 (12.30) 130 (58.9) *Standard size. Cooper B-Line, Inc.'s("Cooper B-Line")seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other Cooper B-Line bracing components,resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly.Cooper-B-Line's warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in Cooper B-Line's standard terms and conditions of sale made available by Cooper B-Line,except that,in addition to the other exclusions from Cooper B-Line's warranty, Cooper B-line makes no warranty relating to Cooper B-Line's seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Cooper B-Line. All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches.Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. 60 11✓ COOPER B-Line Seismic Bracing Fig. 1001 - Sway Brace Attachment ®TOLCO Size Range: Pipe size to be braced: 1"125mm)thru 8"(200mm) IPS. C CZ, US Pipe size used for bracing: 1" (25mm)and 11/4"(32mm) Schedule 40 IPS. co Material: Steel LISTED 3 Function: For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance. 2 The pipe attachment component of a sway brace system: IR Fig. 1001 is used in conjunction with a Fig.900 Series fitting and B joined together with bracing pipe per NFPA 13,forming a complete a sway brace assembly. Features: Can be used to brace schedules 7 through 40 IPS. Field adjustable, making critical pre-engineering of bracing pipe length unnecessary. Unique design requires no threading of bracing pipe. Comes assembled and ready for installation. Fig. 1001 has built-in visual verification of correct installation. See installation note below. Installation Note: Position Fig. 1001 over the pipe to be braced Set Bolts and tighten two hex head cone point set bolts until heads bottom Included out.A minimum of 1"(25mm) pipe extension is recommended. Brace pipe can be installed on top or bottom of pipe to be braced. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA(UL) and Canada(cUL). For FM Approval information refer to page 71. Finish: Plain or Electro-Galvanized. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Order by figure number, pipe size to be braced, followed by pipe size used for bracing (1"(25mm)or 11/4"(32mm)), and finish. Important Note: Fig. 1001 is precision manufactured to perform its �+ function as a critical component of a complete bracing assembly.To ensure , performance,the UL Listing requires that Fig. 1001 must be used only with other TOLCO bracing products. Pipe Part Number&Approx.Wt./100 Design Load-Lbs. Size 1"124mm)Brace Pipe 11/4"(32mm)Brace Pipe For Brace Pipe Size 1"/1'/4" Sch.7 Sch.10 Sch.40 in. (mm) Lbs. (kg) Lbs. (kg) 1"/1'/4" 1"/1'/4" 1"/1'/4" 1" (25) 1001-1 X 1 100.0 (45.3) 1001-1 X11/4 118.0 (53.51 --/-- 1000/1000 1000/1000 11/4"(32) 1001-11/4 X 1 100.0 (45.3) 1001-11/4 X 11/4 114.0 (51.7) 1000/1000 1000/1000 1000/1000 11/2"(40) 1001-11/2 X 1 100.0 (45.3) 1001-11/2 X 11/4 115.0 (52.1) 1000/1000 1500/1500 1500/1500 2" (50) 1001-2 X 1 108.0 (49.0) 1001-2 X 11/4 121.0 (54.8) 1000/1000 2015/2015 2015/2015 21/2"(65) 1001-21/2 X 1 138.6 (62.8) 1001-21/2 X 11/4 160.4 (72.7) 1600/1600 2015/2765 2015/2765 3" (80) 1001-3 X 1 147.2 (66.7) 1001-3 X 11/4 168.7 (76,5) 1600/1600 2015/2765 2015/2765 4" (100) 1001-4 X 1 160.9 (73.0) 1001-4 X11/4 182.4 (82.7) 1600/1600 2015/2765 2015/2765 6" (150) 1001-6 X 1 190.0 (86.2) 1001-6 X11/4 211.4 (95.9) 1600/1600 2015/2765 2015/2765 8" (200) 1001-8 X 1 217.4 (98.6) 1001-8 X11/4 238.8 (108.3) 1600/1600 2015/2765 2015/2765 r(tO %NY lO )!IRI All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches.Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. BLine Revised5/9/201470 Fire Protection Solutions by E.T•N Seismic System Attachments Fig.4LA-"In-Line" Sway Brace Attachment (TOLCO Component of State of California OSHPD Approved Size Range: 1"(25mm)through 12'(300mm)IPS. ® Seismic Restraints System Material: Steel Function: For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance. Approvals: Approved by Factory Mutual Engineering(FM), 1'(25mm)through . .,r 12'(300mm)pipe. ,;' 1 Installation Instructions: Fig.4LA can be used as the system attachment ,, �`a component of a longitudinal or lateral brace assembly. It is intended to be D combined with the'bracing member"and our transitional attachment and A structural attachment to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13, FM DS 2-8,and/or OSHPD guidelines should be followed. c To Install: Place the Fig.4LA pipe clamp component over the pipe to be ''I"� braced and tighten down the break-off nuts until the hex head portion breaks off to verify correct installation torque. Next engage brace member(pipe or 4LA-1 thru 4LA-4 strut) with jaw component and tighten break-off head bolt until the hex head breaks off to verify correct installation torque. et Pivot jaw for correct angle and attach to structure using our brand transitional attachment and structural attachment. �� Finish: Plain or Electro-Galvanized.Contact B-Line for �;� alternative finishes and materials. �t" Order By: Figure number,pipe size and finish. 'i lif; D A C ILI.( cn 1 - - 4LA-5 thru 4LA-12 N 1 3. co H Pipe Approx. ' " Part Size A C D Bolt Size Wt./100 3 No. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lbs. (kg) 4LA-1 1" (25) 319/32" (91.2) 15/16" (33.5) 15/16" (33.5) 3/8"-16 119 (54.0) 4LA-11/4 11/4" (32) 329/32" (99.3) 13/8" (35.3) 13/8° (35.3) 3/8"-16 123 (55.8) 4LA-11/2 11/2" (40) 45/32" (105.7) 11/2" (38.5) 11/2" (38.51 3/8"-16 127 (57.6) 4LA-2 2" (50) 511/32" (135.6) 21/32" (51.9) 21/16" (51.91 3/8"-16 142 (64.4) 4LA-21/2 21/2" (651 527/32" (148.7) 25/16" (58.5) 25/16" (58.5) 3/8"-16 173 (78.5) 4LA-3 3" (80) 61/2" (164.9) 25/8" (66.6) 25/8" (66.6) 3/8"-16 187 (84.8) 4LA-31/2 31/2" (90) 713/32" (188.11 27/8" (73.1) 27/8" (73.1) 3/8"-16 198 (89.8) 4LA-4 4" 1100) 717/32" (191.3) 31/8" (79.5) 31/8" (79.5) 3/8"-16 209 194.8) 4LA-5 5" (125) 81/4" (222.3) 35/8" (92.1) 35/8" (92.1) 1/2"-13 298 (135.2) 4LA-6 6" (150) 105/8" 1269.9) 49/16° (115.9) 49/16" (115.9) 1/2"-13 521 (236.3) 4LA-8 8" (200) 1213/16" (325.5) 55/16" (143.7) 521/32" (143.7) 1/2"-13 629 (285.3) 4LA-10 10" (250) 161/2" 1419.1) 71/4" (184.2) 71/4" (184.2) 1/2"-13 1320 (598.71 4LA-12 12" (300) 181/2" (469.91 81/4" (209.6) 81/4' (209.6) 1/2"-13 1496 (678.6) Eaton's B-Line Business seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other B-Line bracing components, resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly.B-Line's warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in B-Line's standard terms and conditions of sale made available by B-Line,except that,in addition to the other exclusions from B-Line's warranty,Eaton's B-line Business makes no warranty relating to B-Line's seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Eaton's B-Line Business. All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches.Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. B-Line by E.I.N 57 Seismic Bracing Products Seismic System Attachments Fig.4LA- "In-Line" Sway Brace Attachment cont. t" 1TOLCO �� Component of State of California OSHPD Approved Seismic Restraints System A . Longitudinal ,? Lateral o' Brace Brace __ `!� Brace ��1 f/ - ,' o Longitudinal Loads E Max.Horizontal Design Load(FM) ° Max.Horizontal Part Pipe Size 30°-44° 45°-59° 60°-74° 750-90° I Design Load No. in. (mm) j lbs. (kN) lbs. 1kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) I lbs. (kN) 4LA-1 1" (25) 680 (3.02) 970 (4.31) 1190 (5.29) 1320 (5.87) f 1000 (4.45) 4LA-11/4 11/4" (32) 680 (3.02) 970 (4.31) 1190 (5.29) 1320 (5.87) 1000 (4.45) 4LA-1112 11/2" (40) 680 (3.02) 970 (4.31) 1190 (5.29) 1320 (5.87) ` 1000 (4.45) 4LA-2 2" (50) ' 680 (3.02) 860 (3.82) 1030 (4.58) 1150 (5.11) 1000 (4.45) 4LA-2112 21/2" (65) 680 (3.02) 970 (4.31) 1190 (5.29) 1320 (5.871 1000 (4.45) 4LA-3 3" (80) 680 (3.02) 970 (4.311 1190 (5.29) 1320 15.87) 1000 (4.45) 4LA-31/2 31/2" 190) 680 (3.02) 970 (4.311 1190 (5.29) 1320 (5.87) 1000 (4.45) 4LA-4 4" (1001 680 (3.02) 970 (4.31) 1190 (5.29) 1320 (5.87) € 1000 (4.45) 4LA-5 5" (125) - - - - - - - - 1600 (7.11) 4LA-6 6" (150) 1620 (7.20) 2,260 (10.05) 2010 (8.94) 2220 (9.87) 1600 (7.11) 4LA-8 8" (200) 1620 (7.20) 1,660 (7.38) 1570 (6.98) 1740 (7.74) 2015 18.96) 4LA-10 10" (250) 1620 (7.201 1,660 (7.38) 1570 (6.98) 1740 (7.74) 2765 (12.30) 4LA 12 12" (300) 1620 (7.20) 1,660 (7.38) 1570 (6.98) 1740 (7.74) ti 1.tO U Lateral Loads Max.Horizontal Design Load(FM) ` Max.Horizontal a q to Part Pipe Size 300-44° 45°-59° 60°-74° 75°-90° Design Load No. in. (mm) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kN) 4LA-1 1" (25) 680 (3.02) 970 (4.31) 1190 15.29) 1320 15.871 1000 (4.45) 41.A-11/4 11/4" (32) 680 (3.02) 970 (4.31) 1190 (5.29) 1320 (5.87) 1000 (4.45) 4LA-11/2 11/2" (40) 680 (3.02) 970 (4.31) 1190 (5.29) 1320 (5.871 1000 (4.451 4LA-2 2" (50) 680 (3.021 970 (4.31) 1190 (5.29) 1320 (5.871 1000 (4.451 41..A-21/2 21/2" (65) 680 (3.02) 970 (4.31) 1190 (5.29) 1320 (5.87) 1000 (4.45) 4LA-3 3" (80) 680 (3.02) 970 (4.31) 1190 (5.29) 1320 (5.87) i 1000 (4.45) 4LA-31/2 31/2" 190) 680 (3.02) 970 14.31) 1190 (5.29) 1320 (5.87) 1000 (4.45) 41A-4 4" (100) 680 (3.021 970 (4.31) 1190 (5.29) 1320 (5.87) 1000 (4.45) 4LA-5 5" (1251 - - - - - - - - 1600 (7.11) 4LA-6 6" (150) 1620 (7.20) 2,300 110.23) 2820 112.54) 3140 (13.96) 1600 (7.11) 4LA-8 8" (200) 1620 (7.20) 2,300 (10.231 2820 (12.54) 3140 (13.961 'i 2015 (8.96) 4LA-10 10" (250) ` 1620 17.20) 2,300 110.23) 2820 112.54) 3140 113.96) 2765 (12.30) 4LA-12 12" (300) ; 1620 (7.20) 2,300 (10.23) 2820 112.54) 3140 (13.96) F - - Eaton's B-Line Business seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other B-Line bracing components, resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. B-Line's warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in B-Line's standard terms and conditions of sale made available by B-Line,except that,in addition to the other exclusions from B-Line's warranty, Eaton's B-line Business makes no warranty relating to B-Line's seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Eaton's B-Line Business. All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches.Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. B-Line Seismic Bracing Products 58 by Eff•N Upper Attachments Fig.75 - Swivel Attachment ®TOLCO Size Range: — 3/8"-16 Rod Attachment C Ul. US Material: Steel LISTED Function: Three recommended applications for this product: • May be used as a Branch Line Restraint for structural attachment to anchor bolt, beam clamp, etc. • May be used in a pitched or sloped roof application,to meet requirements of NFPA 13(2010)9.1.2.6. , Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA(UL)and `�� Canada(cUL)to support up to 4" (100mm)pipe. �1` Finish: Electro-Galvanized ,' Weight: Approx.Wt./100- 13.3 Lbs.(6.0kg) 1p Order By: Figure number Patent:#7,887,248 r J p 9 J f Fig.78 All Steel Ceiling Plate Fig.75 Swivel • Attachment N Fig.200 All Threaded Rod "Trimline" Adjustable 1_1 Band Hanger i±f fir Fig.25 Surge Restrainer May be used as a structural attachment component of a branch line restraint Q�c�ea�oot --'` Fig.65XT Reversible Beam Clamp W-Beam �\\\ Fig.75 Swivel Attachment All Threaded Rod May be used with a pitched roof application,to meet requirements of NFPA 13(2010)Sec.9.1.2.5. All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches.Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. 80 00 COOPER B-Line Branch Line Restraint System Traditional methods for installing branch line restraints in fire sprinkler systems are cumbersome } and time-consuming.Contractors often cut(and re-cut)threaded rod to precise measurements to restrain the sprinkler pipe with a loop hanger and „ -.. surge restraint.Traditional methods also commonly ir, r , SI require five or more parts per restraint. To avoid these labor-intensive methods, ERICO has streamlined the process and developed the Branch Line Restraint System, part of the CADDY° line of hanging and bracing solutions for the fire protection market. Ideal for restraining 1" (25 mm) through 2" (50 mm) branch lines,this innovative system is significantly faster and easier to install 1 than current methods. It attaches directly to steel bar joists, I-beams or purlins, as well as concrete and wood structures.The hardware is installed with only one tool, a 5/16" (8 mm)socket drill driver,which provides significant labor savings A -. 4 and convenience. It features a simple,two-step -- installation process, allowing a time savings of up to 80% compared to other methods. Unlike most solutions that only accept 3/8" (M10) threaded rod,the versatile Branch Line Restraint System features a swivel attachment that can be rotated to accept 3/8" or 1/2" (M10 or M12) threaded rod.This allows greater restraint distances from the pipe to structure with \\ 1/2" (M12)threaded rod. The system meets the requirements of NFPA° 13, making it ideal for new construction applications. '.,, The total system is cULus®Listed and FM© % Approved, and has been pre-approved by the state of California (OSHPD OPA-2629-10). it '. i { Branch Line Restraint Branch Line Restraint Structure Branch Line Restraint Structure Branch Line Restraint Structure Pipe Attachment Attachment to Steel Attachment to Wood/Concrete Attachment to Threaded Hole Page 94 - Page 95 Page 96 Page 97 www.erico.com 93 RICO. Branch Line Restraint Pipe Attachment _ �. rA' ii i k s Features • Accepts 3/8" or 1/2" (M10 or M12)threaded rod • Quick grip clamp simplifies measuring and cutting of threaded rod • Works with rough-cut threaded rod and eliminates pipe-side deburring • Can be installed with threaded rod above or below the service pipe • Shear-off head helps ensure correct torque and simplifies inspection CO a t D , 141 4 Z +:.,>... n x I r ,�._ z m m -4 ti z MI D OttZ N cm m 2 Specifications Material: Steel Finish: Electro-galvanized 14 c �L us Part Number 1 Pipe Size 1 Outer DiameterRod Size Height Length Width OD I RS H LI W CSBBRP0100EG 1" 1.32" 3/8", 1/2" 6.67" 1.63" 0.88" CSBBRP0125EG 1 1/4" 1.66" 3/8", 1/2" 7.56" 1.97" 0.88" CSBBRP0150EG 1 1/2" 1.90" 3/8", 1/2" 8.20" 2.21" 0.88" CSBBRP0200EG 2" 2.38" 3/8", 1/2" 9.45" 2.69" 0.88" a CADDY. 94 www.erico.com Branch Line Restraint Structure Attachment to Steel I M . Features • Swivel connector accepts 3/8" or 1/2" (M10 or M12)threaded rod • Attaches to steel members with self-drilling/tapping screw �E I i Li Fl l SC u*cues r . r�r1 i .' '1no!4 ��0)1I- it H - Icrillh‘l: z &s a ct w _ �, W cc All Z Specifications - Material: Steel z Finish: Electro-galvanized '1111> c®us m Rod Size Flange Height Length Width Screw Diameter Screw Length Part Number RS Thickness H L W Sc L FT CSBBRS1EG 3/8", 1/2" 0.105"—1/2" 1.11" 1.59" 1.06" #12 1 1/4" Branch line structural attachments are for restraint only and not for the hanging of fire sprinkler piping. www.erico.com 95 ERICA Branch Line Restraint Structure Attachment to Wood/Concrete .t _ .... - le , , Features • Swivel connector accepts 3/8" or 1/2" (M10 or M12)threaded rod • Attaches to wood or concrete structures sc E FF. oz, a_ 17',tele = f t +« TIl m g .«,s[ -r . " W F'' t= - Specifications r, (.,--1 Material: Steel rFinish: Electro-galvanized > c us d:n. Part Number I RodR RSize I Heiiight I Length I Width I Screw Diameter I Screw Length I Drill Bit Size SCSBBRS2EG 3/8", 1/2" 1.11" 1.59" 1.06" 1/4" 1 3/4" 3/16" Branch line structural attachments are for restraint only and not for the hanging of fire sprinkler piping. a CTaDDY '' 96 www.erico.com Branch Line Restraint Structure Attachment to Threaded Hole �._.. x . : ` 11 Features • Swivel connector accepts 3/8" or 1/2" (M10 or M12)threaded rod •Attaches to concrete anchors or structural attachments with female threads ,..i CADDY'CSU — L., 144—7111; H . .., ,.. H Z RS CC c` z Specifications Material:Steel Q Finish: Electro galvanized >' c®us m Part Number RodRSize I Height I Length I WidthI Screw Diameter Screw Length CSBBRS3EG 3/8", 1/2" 1.11" 1.59" 1.06" 3/8" 3/4" Branch line structural attachments are for restraint only and not for the hanging of fire sprinkler piping. ' www.erico.com 97 ERICD